PF 3109 .R4 Copy 1 S LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. | N ■ M 5fa. -?4- ess v y i_ 6 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 8| EVERY ENGLISHMAN HIS OWN GERMAN MASTER; OR. THE SHORTEST AND EASIEST INTRODUCTION TO A THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. By J. S. EEISENDER, Ph.D. J^ccontt (Station, REVISED, CORRECTED, ENLARGED AND IMPRO ED LONDON : DULAU AND CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE. 1844. 1\« LONDON : PRINTED BY JOHN WERTHEIMER AND CO., CIRCUS PLACE, FINSBORY CIRCUS. 'C*£3 PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. I think it unnecessary to use any arguments to induce the study of the German language, and I have no apology to offer for this Introduction to it. If my performance possess any merit, those in whose hands it proves useful will owe me their thanks; and if it be destitute of merit, an apology from me cannot secure it the approbation of an enlightened public. My object in publishing it is to facilitate the acquisition of a theoretical and practical know- ledge of the most original living language of Eu- rope. With this object in view, I have carefully avoided introducing any thing likely to perplex or mislead beginners, and as anxiously inserted every thing which to me appeared necessary to furnish a key that will, in a short time, enable them to cultivate the language and literature of Germany, without any other assistance but occasional reference to a dictionary. This work has sound principles for its basis, and pupils are directed to study these according to the rules of grammar, as the only sure,, and at the same time the shortest, method of attaining any language to perfection. IV PREFACE. From the first chapter it will be seen that g, written sz in almost all German grammars for foreigners is double 5; and I would observe (not invidiously) that those authors who have disfigured their works with the erroneous character of sz, do not appear to have understood the alphabet of the German language. In the same chapter students will find the true powers and sounds of all the characters of the alphabet, with the exception of 6 and ii, and the guttural peculiarities of d) and g, which can only be acquired by imitating the pronunciation of a competent master. The second chapter will give them a clear and correct idea of the declension and plural number of substantives. The articles and the examples of substantives of the different declensions in this chapter ought to be committed to memory, and before students proceed to the chapter on adjec- tives, they should decline the vocabulary of sub- stantives which begins at the eighty-sixth page. By this means they will indelibly fix in their minds the declensions of substantives and their genders. In going over the third and fourth chapters, rule and example ought invariably to be committed to memory, and when a knowledge of the declensions has, been acquired, pupils should learn the vocabu- lary of adjectives, on the ninety-ninth page, and decline them with substantives, according to the rules given in the chapter on adjectives. PREFACE. V The conjugations of verbs ought to be committed to memory, and afterwards the vocabulary of verbs, beginning at the hundredth page, and in the next place, the table of irregular verbs, which, by means of the numbers prefixed, may be arranged in five or six classes. By pursuing this course students may make more solid progress in a few weeks than they could in as many months according to some other methods of studying German. The sixth chapter is intended to give students correct ideas of the nature and formation of German verbs and substantives ; and to this their attention should be directed as soon as they are well acquainted with the preceding chapters. Near the commence- ment of this chapter they will find the imperative mood, of different verbs, in the second person sin- gular. This, they may remember, is the simplest form of the verb, in all the languages with which Europeans are acquainted, and the radical mono- syllable from which the several moods, tenses and persons of all verbs are formed. For this reason I have only given the second person in the imperative mood ; and for the same reason the imperative mood of every verb in the table of irregular German verbs, with the sole exception of fatten, fcfyreien, fein, fpetert, and tfyun, may end in a consonant. The first four chapters of the second part con- tain a theoretical and practical exposition of the principles of construction, government, and collo- VI PREFACE. cation. In this part, students should commit to memory the principal rules and the examples which illustrate them, and then the adverbs and adverbial phrases, commencing at the hundred and second page. In addition to what has already been mentioned, this work contains easy dialogues, illustrative of the peculiarities of many German words and expressions of frequent occurrence ; a series of familiar phrases in which the various significations of adverbs, pre- positions, and conjunctions are fully explained in alphabetical order ; idiomatical phraseology ; select anecdotes and other pieces, forming a progressive series of reading lessons, introductory to the works of the German prose writers ; the principles of ver- sification, properly illustrated, with extracts from celebrated German poets. Finally, to make this work as complete as its limits would allow, an engraved alphabet has been added, and a specimen of writing in the German character. London, June 1835. PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION, Among other favourable notices of the first edition of " Every Englishman his own German Master," ap- peared the following opinions of the Press : — " This Grammar, which is illustrated by numerous exam- ples and dialogues, will be a valuable addition to the German Student's library." — Literary Gazette. " A practical introduction to the German language ; it will be found useful by students who endeavour to teach themselves, or who have received only limited instructions from a tutor." — Athenceum. " The present Grammar appears to us to be on a good plan, and is throughout simple and perspicuous." — Dublin Evening Post. " This is a most excellent introduction to the study of a rich, redundant, and an original language." — Morning A dvertiser. " The object of the author is to enable every Englishman to become his own German master, with no other aid than that of a Dictionary. The rules he lays down are so simple, that the student, with a small share of application, will have little difficulty in acquiring at least the rudiments of the language, which is essential to proficiency." — Sunday Times. " As far as it could be effected to enable an Englishman to become his own teacher in the German language, the work before us, which we have examined throughout, sup- plies the means .... An Englishman of ordinary capacity will be able, after a careful study of this small volume, to read any book in German with ease and satisfaction, by very moderate assistance from a Dictionary. 5 ' — True Sun. VIII PREFACE. The first gentleman who used this work with the author, far exceeded his most sanguine expectations in the progress which he made in the course of a few hours of oral instruction, according to, and in appli- cation of the rules and directions given in this Intro- duction. That gentleman had used other grammars, and tried different masters, but all to little or no benefi- cial purpose, before he purchased this work, and applied to its author for instruction in the German language. The following is a copy of his letter to the pub- lisher of the first edition : — " Mr. Shaw cannot leave England without expressing to Mr. Richter his satisfaction at the success of the introduc- tion which Mr. Richter was kind enough to give him to Mr. Reisender, for the purpose of acquiring some familiarity with the German language. Mr. Shaw has great pleasure in doing justice to Mr. Reisender's system of instruction, by stating, that after having been foiled in the attempt to acquire a competent knowledge of German upon another plan, he has completely succeeded, by the study of Mr. Reisender's Grammar, and the assistance of his remarks, in attaining within a very short period a considerable pro- ficiency in expression and composition in the above language. " London, July 25, 1835. " P. S. Should any communication with Mr. Shaw be pos- sibly of service to Mr. Reisender, he will be very happy to give any information in answer to letters directed to him at St. John's College, Cambridge." On the author's return from the continent, after he had graduated, in 3 838, the same gentleman, who had also spent some time in Prussia and Baden, PREFACE. IX writes as follows, in reference to this work and its author's method of instruction : — " Dear Sir, — It is extremely gratifying to me to have this opportunity of acknowledging the speed and facility with which your system of instruction prepared me for the acquirement of the German language ; nor can I better discharge the very agreeable duty of adding my testimony to the merits of your method, developed as well in your printed Introduction to the study of the language as in your oral instruction, than by stating the fact, that after attend- ing a small number of your lessons, still more curtailed by my being pressed for time, I found, on my arrival in Prussia and Baden, where I spent some time, that I pos- sessed most marked advantages in the acquisition of Ger- man, both spoken and written, over other foreigners, many of whom had been engaged in preparing themselves by a longer and much more laborious course than I had em- ployed. " These advantages I attribute entirely to the extreme simplicity and intelligibility of your method. Believe me, yours very faithfully and obliged, " Thomas B. Shaw, B.A., " Late of St. John's Coll., Cambridge. " London, Aug. 24, 1838. "Dr. Reisender." The testimony of many other gentlemen and ladies of learning and distinction, who have had the benefit of the author's instruction, might be added to the above, in terms equally gratifying and encouraging, if the insertion, of their letters were not incompatible with the brevity prescribed by the limits of a preface. This edition has been carefully revised and cor- rected throughout; it has also been enlarged and X PREFACE. improved, and, in taking it through the press, no pains have been spared to present it to the public free from errors. Teachers using this book, and persons endeavouring to acquire a knowledge of the German language without the assistance of a tutor, will find the instruc- tions given in the Preface to the First Edition, suffi- cient for their general guidance. The Author. London. Dec. 25, 1843. TABLE OF CONTENTS. FIRST PART. Pages, Alphabet and Pronunciation 1 — 7 Declension of the Articles, &c 7 — 8 Declension and Plural of Substantives 9 — 18 Declension &c- of Adjectives 19 — 25 Pronouns 26 — 3 Verbs and their Conjugation 31 — 38 Table of Irregular Verbs 39— 50 Nature and Formation of Verbs and Substantives 51 — 69 SECOND PART. Syntax or Construction, generally 70 — 72 Government of Verbs 73 — 77 Government of Prepositions 7 8 — 80 Collocation 81— 85 Vocabulary of Substantives 86 — 98 Vocabulary of Adjectives 99 List of Verbs 1 00—102 Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases 103 — 106 Familiar Dialogues 107 — 125 Adverbs, Prepositions, and Conjunctions illustrated in Alphabetical Order . 126—146 Idiomatical Phraseology 147 — 157 Series of Anecdotes, &c forming progressive Reading Lessons 158 — 184 Principles of Versification 185 — 196 Select Pieces of Poetry 1 97— 208 CAPITAL LETTERS. #_^. d r, yy £^ jlj? A B C D E v3 Y •OlM 4.3t *£.<£. L M SI O / P / Q B. S . T U V "W X //?* SMALL LETTERS. Ah/, 3. , i e / f y 1 A . I ; -444< A-V, /V , Y\ ~k 1 m n o // p A 1 , r I , / UMLAUTE OR MODIFIED VOWELS. Ae °cS V , Vis A pa hah ph d) tsa hah ch £1 q coo q ffnung or £)effnung opening, libel or Uebet evil. 12. 2C, £), U are more used than 2Ce, £5e, Ue. 13. The combinations at, at), au, du, eu, et, el), are diph- thongs, when they are sounded as two vowels in one sylla- ble. Ex. £atfer. emperor, $RaX) May, Saune humour, fauber clean, Saube dove, 33aum tree, $aug house, 33dume trees, blduen to make or dye blue, £dufer houses, Sdubdjen a little dove, eilen to make haste, ketten to heal, lettento direct, (5t or ©t) egg, bet or bet) by, at, geute people, persons, 23eute booty, Ijeulen to howl, &c. 14. The double vowels aa, ee, 00, forming one syllable, as well as aty el> u> ot), ul) and te, show merely that the syllable is long. Ex. 2Cal eel, jbaat hair, £eer army, (geele soul, Soot boat, Sftoor moor, SJttoog moss, Iteb dear, Iteben to love, 95ier beer, Sfyter animal, 20ftal)t meal, repast, mat)len to grind, 9ftel)l meal, flower, or edible part of corn, mefyven to prevent, ttjnen to you, tljm to him, beroofynen to inhabit, f>ot>t hollow, ©tw ear, SDRu&me aunt, 5CKut)le mill, SJKutfy courage, (Sdju£) shoe. * 15. 25actr ready money, £3aar§ perch (a fish), ?0?aa6 pot, measure, Soog lot, fate, toofen to draw lots, <£ci)oof? lap, "Waal monument, &c, are now written with one vowel: thus, bar, 25ar§, SDiag/ 2o§, lofen, ©W, Sftal. 16. The double vowel forms two syllables in SSaal and its derivatives, and in words in which the particle ge or be is followed by a vowel. Ex. geefyrt honoured, geerbnet put in order, arranged, bearbetten (be=ar=beisten) to work at, &c, beer= btgen (be=er?bt=;gen) to inter. 17. ie (ie) is a monosyllable in £nie knee, in the singular number, and a dissyllable in the plural jtnte knees. This combination is likewise a monosyllable in words of foreign origin, in which the i receives the tonic accent, and forms one sellable with t, as in $armonte harmony, SRetobie melody, spoefte poetry, Sftfyapfobte rhapsody. But it makes two syllables in 2Crte air, song, tune, 2Cften Asia, gamilte family, &c. 18. The combination ce (ee) is a monosyllable in ©ee sea, #rmee army; and a dissylable in the plural ©een seas, 2C«r.een armies. 19. e is sometimes close and sometimes open. It is close in the first syllable of the words gewefen, beerbtgen, beben, fyeben, &c. ; and in words of two syllables, the first of which alone has an e in it, as jemanb, ttvoaZ, 3)emutt), &c. It is open in the monosyllables fern/ ©tern, er, ber, mv, bem, went, ben, wen 5 in the first syllable of beten, geben, geber ; &c; and in the second syllable of beerbtgen. 20. et) is long, and pronounced nearly like a in fate : ex. gefyen to go, fetjen to see, fetylen to fail/ nefymen to take, jfefylen to steal, ifyr get)t you go, fefyt see, look, ©d)let)en sloes, wet)en to blow, metjr more, Sjfe^rja^t plural, mefyrfytbig, poly- syllabical, fet?r very, much, &c. 21. et and ei) are, by the inhabitants of the South of Germany, pronounced ei, as the English would pronounce ae, or a and e closely connected in two syllables ; but in the North, they pronounce these diphthongs as the English pronounce their i in wine, vine, nine, &c. 22. The diphthongs ai and ei have nearly the same sound in (Scute cord, string, (Seite page; SBcttfe orphan, Sffieife manner; SBaib wood, SBSeibe willow. But the following words are pronounced differently: £dute skins, fyeute to-day; geuer fire, geier festival ; ©eldut peal, ©cleit attendants, escort, &c. ; Seud)ter candlestick, letdjter. lighter ; Iduten to sound, leiten to accompany; beraud;ern to perfume, bereid)ern to enrich. 23. t has the same sound as double e in thee, knee. Ex. btr to thee, mir to me, SStrne pear, ifyr to her, trren to err, md)t not, 9ttd)te niece, SQStrtt) host, landlord. 24. \ f this letter, considered as a consonant, is pronounced like y in the words yonder, you, year, &c. Ex. Satyr year, Sacob Jacob, }a yes, Sofyann John, &c. In a few words derived, or rather adopted, from the French : as, 3oujou jou- jou, Sournal journal, &c, it is pronounced as the French pronounce that letter in such words. 25. o is long before a single consonant. Ex. x>or before, SSote messenger, 35rcb bread, ©ebot commandment, $of court, ber Sob death, &c. Before two consonants it is short, as in the words toll foolish, er foil he ought, ]©ott God, £orf village, ©tord) stork, &c. 26. 6 is long in ©tor sturgeon, tobltd) mortal, Mnig> king, Sorce lion, SR&tyre pipe, &c. ; and short in SBSfirtec words, urji thirst, £unb dog, ^unft art, glup river, &c. U or u is pronounced like ue in the French words rue, vue, due. It is long in uber upon, fufyren to lead, conduct, ffitylcn to feel, Ubung exercise, &c. ; and short in ©luct luck, fortune, g(ucrlid) lucky, successful, enljucft charmed, delighted, gluffe rivers, ©prfidjc sentences, &c. 29. The combinations }fe, ae, oe, ti, m f are pronounced as two syllables in words of foreign origin : as, ttevometric aerornetry, tyfyaeton phaeton, -Poefte poetry, spoet poet, 2ftt)etjr atheist, SefuittSm Jesuitism, &c. 30. As a general rule for the pronunciation of the vowels and diphthongs in the German language, it may be observed, that they have a long quantity when followed by a single consonant, and a short one when followed by two or more, as in the foregoing examples. 31. S is pronounced as in English. Ex. $8ab bath, SSube shop, £iebe love, ^atbz colour, lieb dear, Sob praise, 23ube boy. 32. G> before a, o, u, u, and before all consonants, except t), is pronounced like k in king. Ex. Sato Cato, Concert con- cert, (Suptbon cupid, (SrofuS Croesus. 33. X5 before &, z, i, 6/ p/ is pronounced like ts. Ex. Gafat Caesar, (Stcero Cicero, &c. 34. In some proper names c before & and 6 is pronounced like k. Ex. dampen or Jtdrntt)en Carinthia, gotten or ^6tt)en Coeten, 6>6ln or £6ln Cologne. 35. In many words, and particularly in those derived from foreign languages, many Germans use t instead of c, and the words which are not found in dictionaries under the letter c are arranged under t, and vice versa. Ex. (gatfyolt! or £att)o(if Catholic, (StjroniE or torn! chronicle, Sacob or Safob Jacob, (SccrateS or ©oErateS Socrates. 36. d) and g initial, middle, and final, have peculiarities of sound, which can only be acquired by imitating the pro- nunciation of a competent master. Those who are ac- quainted with the guttural aspirate sounds of the Modern Greek, Turkish, Hebrew, Arabic, Persian, Syriac, Coptic, Sanscrit, or even Spanish, will experience no difficulty in acquiring the pronunciation of these German characters. Grammarians who say that the German character d) is pro- nounced lik ch and k in French, are either egregiously mistaken, or grossly ignorant of some of the peculiarities of b3 6 the pronunciation of the German language. The truth of this assertion may be proved by listening to any native of Germany pronouncing the words (Stjerubim, (5(;tnct/ (S^ir.ie, or, (Sfyemie, Sfyirurgug, 9)Ud)el/ &c, cherubim, China, chymistry or chemistry, surgeon, Michael; or id), mid), bid)/ fid)/ £td)t, afyt, SSad), 23ud)t, fud)en/ ©ud)f, &c. 37. £) and £ are pronounced as in English, or very nearly so. Ex. 2)6rfer villages, 2)urre drought, Saffe, Stable, Semper, Sifd), Sod)ter, £6d)ter, £ud), &ud)er. The only exception to this rule is the power or sound of t in words of foreign origin : such as, Nation* 2Cboption, National/ &c.,in which t is pronounced like ts in English, or § in German. 38. ^ i s pronounced as in English ; and x> does not differ from it in sound. 39. $ has three different powers. At the beginning of words it is aspirated rather more than the English aspirate their h in the words house, home, &c. ; in the middle and at the end of words, it only serves to lengthen the vowel which pre- cedes it, whilst in compound words it retains its aspiration. 40. $ is pronounced like the same letter in English. 41. £/ m, and n, are pronounced as in English. 42. ty and pi) are pronounced like the same letters in English. Ex. tyaav pair, papier paper, $)arabe parade, $)erle pearl, ^perfon person, ^3t)t)ft! physics, ^tlofopfyte philosophy. 43. £l sounds like coo in English. 44. $R is pronounced as well-educated Englishmen, Frenchmen, Italians, and Spaniards pronounce the same letter in the words porter, parler, parlare, and hablar. 45. Sty is pronounced as the English pronounce this combination in the words Rhine, Rhone, &c. 46. <2>, where it is not accompanied by another con- sonant, is pronounced by good speakers like the English s in rose, repose, &c. Ex. ©tlber silver, fteben seven, blafen to blow. But when it follows a consonant and precedes a vowel, and also when it follows and precedes a consonant, either in the middle or at the end of a word, it has a more acute sound, as in the words rajten to rest, repose, (gubfe a small pea, mad fen to grow, langfam slowly, 23urjre a clothes brush, guvjl prince. Before p and t/ at the beginning of a word, it is pronounced like s in the same situation in English words. Ex. ©tanb state, rank, or condition, (Stein stone, 2>pradje language, ©tern star. In the definite article bag/ the g is pronounced like double 5 in the English words glass, pass, &c. 47. fi" and f , or double 5, middle and final, is pronounced like st in the word listen. 48. fct) has the same sound and power as sh in English. 49. 28 is pronounced as the English pronounce v in the words vine, vintage, &c. 50. £ is pronounced the same as in English and Latin. 51. $ is pronounced like the t in German, and the writers bf the present day generally use t instead of 9 in the following and other words: fegn/ bty, %wex), sroer,erler;, bret)^ aefyri/ (St)/ ^apfer/ 8d)metd)eter;/ ©tefjerefy &c. : fein/ bet/ jroet/ jtreterlet/ brci/ breierlet/ (St/ 5Caifer# ©djmetdjelet/ ©iefjeret/ &c. 52. 3 has the power of £s in English. CHAPTER II. OF THE DIFFERENT SORTS OF WORDS. 53. There are in German, as in English and other lan- guages, nine sorts of words, viz. the article, the substantive or noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the adverb, the preposition, the conjunction, and the interjection. 54. The article is declinable in German, and serves to show the gender, the number, and the extent of the signifi- cation given to the substantive before which it is used, 55. There are in German four cases, viz. the nominative, the genitive, the dative and the accusative. German gram- marians likewise generally admit two articles, the definite and the indefinite. The articles, as well as the substantives, adjectives and pronouns, are declinable. 56. DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. Singular. Masc. Fem. Neut. Nom. bev tie bag Plural For the three Genders, bte the Gen. beg bev beg ber of the Dat. bem bet* bem ben to the Ace. ben Me ta$ bte the. Declension of the Indefinite Article. Nom. ein etne etn a, an, one. Gen. etneg etner eineg of a, an, one. Dat. etnem etner etnem to a, an, one. Ace. etnen etne ein a, an, one. 57. German substantives have three genders, viz. the masculine, the feminine, and the neuter ; and from one or two to ten declensions, on account of the various forms of the plural number. In the singular number, the declensions of German substantives might be conveniently reduced to two or three ; but experience in teaching the German lan- guage has convinced the author of this Introduction, that it is more judicious to make six than either two, three, or four, and be obliged to fill whole pages with notes, rules, and observations for the formation of the plural, which only serve to perplex beginners. According to this arrangement, which appears less confused than some others, the first declension embraces all those substantives which have the same termination in the nominative and accusative cases, singular and plural ; the second, those which make the nominative, genitive and accusative plural in e 5 the third, those which make their plural in er 5 the fourth, those which make their plural by adding en to their singular ; the fifth, those which form their genitive, dative, and accusative singular by adding en or n to the nominative singular, and their plural like the fourth declension, and occasionally take g in the genitive singular ; and the sixth comprehends 9 all substantives of the feminine gender, which become plural by adding n, eti; or e to their singular. 58. The annexed table will show the pupil at a glance the essential difference of these declensions, and thereby facilitate his progress to the acquisition of this part of the language. Singular. 1st. Decl. 2nd Decl. 3rd Decl. 4th Decl. 5th Decl. 6th Decl. No in. ! Gen. g eg/ g eg/ g eg, g en, em, ng, n Dat. e e e en, n Ace. en/ n Plural. Norn. e er en, n en/ n ! n/ e/ n ; Gen. e er en/ n en, n n/ e/ n ! i Dat. n en ein en, n en, n n, en ; Ace. e er en/ n en/ n ii/ e, n i 10 59. First Declension. Singular. Masculine. N. bee ©arten the garden G. beg ©arteng of the garden D. bzm ©arten to the garden A. ben ©arten the garden. Neuter . bag *ktd)en the sign beg 3etd)enS of the sign bem jkicfyen to the sign bag ^etdjeri the sign. Plural. N. bte ©arten the gardens G. ber ©drten of the gardens D. ben ©drten to the gardens A. bte ©drten the gardens. bte jktcfyen the signs ber 3etd)cn of the signs ben sJetcfcen to the signs bte 3«d)en the signs. 60. All masculine and neuter substantives which end in el/ en and er/ all diminutives in tetn or d)ett/ and all infinitives of verbs, used substantively, belong to the first declension. Ex. |>tmmel heaven, (Sngel angel, £>ea,en sword, ftaben thread. Setter father, Settler beggar, ^tnbletn little child, S&ierdjen little animal, SJtdbcfyen little girl, bog @d)lafen sleeping. 61. Masculine substantives of this declension, which have a f 0/ u in their first syllable, change it into hi 6 or u in the plural number, but substantives of the neuter gender pre- serve their vowel unaltered in the plural. Examples of both genders : — Singular. Masculine, ber 2Ccfer the field ber S3ruber the brother. Neuter, bag Safter the vice bag £>pfer the offering. Plural. bte 2fecter the fields bte Sruber the brothers. bte Cafler the vices bte Dpfer the offerings. 11 Second Declension. Singular. Masculine. Neuter. N. bet tfrm the arm bat £aar the hair G. beS 2frmeg of the arm be§ £aare§ of the hair D. bem 2trme to the arm bem £aare to the hair A. ben Tlxm the arm. ba$ £aar the hair. Plural. N. bte 2Crme the arms bie #aare the hairs G. ber 2Crme of the arms ber $ctare of the hairs D. ben "JCrmen to the arms ben $cmren to the hairs A. bte 2Crme the arms bie $aare the hairs. 62. Substantives of the masculine gender belonging to this declension change a, o and u into 6/ 6 and u in the plural. Ex. ber 53cmb volume, bie SSdnbe volumes; bee $opf the head, bte £6pfe the heads ; ber £)unf£ vapour, bte jDfitifte vapours. 63. £)er 2Crm the arm, bte 2Crme the arms ; ber ($xab grade, bte ©robe grades ; ber 4?unb dog, bie #unbe dogs ; ber ^)fab path, bte spfabe paths ; ber $)unct point, bte ^uncte points ; ber Sag day, bte Sage days, form an exception to the general rule for the formation of the plural of masculine substantives of the second declension. It is also to be observed that a few substantives of this declension are used without the final e in the dative case singular. Ex. (5r rotrb am 25onncrg= tag fommen he will come on Thursday, jum ©lite! by good fortune, as luck would have it, tva§ nu§t eg bem gamm/ SKecfyt Stt l)aben what does it avail the lamb to be in the right. 64. Neuter substantives of the second declension never change their vowels ; thus, bat SBanb binding, ligature, &c, ba& S5rob bread, make bte SSanbe bindings, bandages, &c, bte SBrobe loaves. 12 65. Third Declension. Singular. Masculine. N. ber Ceib the body G. beg Seibeg of the body D. bem Seibe to the body A. ben Sctb the body Neuter, bag ©lieb the member be§ ©liebeg of the member bem ©u'ebe to the member bag @lteb the member. Plural. N. Me Setber the bodies G. ber Setber of the bodies D. ben Seibern to the bodies A. tie Seiber the bodies bte ©liebet the members ber ©liebet of the members ben ©liebern to the members bte ©Iteber the members. 66. All substantives of this declension, masculine or neuter, change G/ o and u into a, 5 and u in the plural. Ex. Masculine, ber 9Xann the man ber £)rt the place ber JBuvm the worm bie banner the men bte Setter the places bte SSurmer the worms Singular. Plural. Neuter, bag 25ab the bath bag SDorf the village bag #utjn pullet. bte SSaber the baths bte £)6rfer the villages bte #fit)r.er the pullets. 67. Fourth Declension. Singular. Masculine. N. ber (gtaat the state G. beg ©taateg of the state D. bem ©taate to the state A. ben o and u into a, 5 and u. 68. Fifth Declension. Singular. N. bcr gihft the prince ber @eban!e the thought G. beg gurften of the prince teg ©etanfen of the thought D. tern guvftcn to the prince bem ©ebanfen to the thought A. ten gflrjlen the prince ben ©ebanfen the thought. Plural N. bie fturjfen the princes fete ©ebanfen the thoughts G. ber gurften of the princes ber ©ebanfen of the thoughts D. ben guijren to the princes ben ©ebanfen to the thoughts A. bie gulden the princes tie ©ebanfen the thoughts. 69. With the exception of ^erj heart, all the substan- tives which belong to this declension are of the masculine gender. 70. ber ©camera pain, bag #er$ heart, ber ©laufce faith, ber grtebe peace, bee SKame name, ber £aufen heap, ber 2EUle will, and a few other substantives belonging to this declen- sion, make the genitive case singular in eng: as, beg ©comers jeng of the pain, beg ^erjeng of the heart, beg ©laubeng of the faith, beg ^rtebeng of the peace, beg 9tameng of the name, beg £aufeng of the heap, beg 2£U!eng of the will, &c. 71. All adjectives which, by being preceded by the defi- nite article, are converted into substantives, belong to this declension: as, ber SOSeife the wise man, bag ©ute good, or benefit, &c; beg •jffieifen/ beg ©uten; bem s Betfen, bem ©uten * bie SBeifem bie ©uten. 72. All substantives derived from adjectives and parti- c 14 ciples also belong to this declension: as, ber 2Cbeltge; tie 2Cbeltgen$ ber 2Crme, bte 2Crmen$ ber getge, tie getgen 5 ber ®e= fangenev bte ©efangenen* bee ©efanbte, bte ©efanbten; ber £etlige, bte ^etltgenj ber 3ftetd)e/ bte sRetd)en$ ber Sobte/ bte Sobtenj ber S5ern?anbte/ bte S3erroanbten 5 ber SB&eife/ bte SBetfen. 70. Sixth Declension. Singular. N. bie SStume the flower bte grudjt the fruit G. ber SSlume of the flower ber grud)t of the fruit D. ber SBtume to the flower ber grud)t to the fruit A. bte S3lume the flower bte grud)t the fruit. Plural. N. bte SSlumen the flowers bie grud)te the fruits G. ber Stumen of the flowers ber grudtfe of the fruits D. ben SStumen to the flowers ben grud)ten to the fruits A. bte SBluir.en the flowers bte grudjte the fruits. 74. All substantives of the feminine gender have the same ending in all the cases of the singular number; and all feminine substantives which in the singular end in z, become plural by the addition of an n. Ex. bie ftbre the ear of corn, bte 2Ct)ren the ears of corn ; bte 2Cmetfe the ant, bte Xmetfen the ants; bte ^ufre the coast, bte ^uften, &c. 75. All feminine substantives which end in el and tti form their plural according to the foregoing rule: as, bte gabet the fable, bte gctbeln the fables; bte SJcctnbel the almond, bie SfJtanbeln the almonds ; bie 2Cber the vein, bie 2Cbern the veins. All others take en in the plural: as, 2£bftd)t intention, 2£bftd)ten intentions; 2£nm>ort answer, tfntrcorten answers; ©egenb region, ©egenben regions, &c. 76. Those which change the vowels a f and u into the diphthongs a, 6 and u, form their plural in e: as, bte 2Tu$= flud)t the pretext, bte 2tuSfIucbte the pretexts; bte 2tr-t the axe, bte ftr-te the axes ; bte 23cm! the bench, bte SScmfe the benches , bie SSrujt the breast, bte SSrujre the breasts; bte gaufr the fist, 15 bie gdufte the fists; bie ©ang the goose, tie ©anfe the geese; bie opanb the hand, bie £dnbe the hands ; tit £aut the skin, bie £aute the skins, &c. GENERAL OBSERVATION ON THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF SUBSTANTIVES AND THE DECLENSION OF PROPER NAMES. 77. Substantives which end in ling and nifj/ make the nominative plural in e. Ex. bungling youth, Sungltnge youths; ^enntnif knowledge, .ftenntniffe, &c. 78. Substantives of the feminine gender which change their vowel, form their plural in the same way: as, tit grud)t the fruit, bie grucfyte} bie SSKaug the mouse, tit Sftaufe/ &c. 79. Substantives which end in tfyum/ form their plural in er. Ex. £etligti)um sanctuary, ^eitigtijumer sanctuaries ; 3trti)um error, Strtljumer errors, &c. 80. Derivative substantives which end in tyit, enb/ inn, hit, fdjaftf ung/ make their plural in en j and feminine sub- stantives which do not change their vowel, follow the same rule. Ex. &t)ort)eit folly, Sfyotfyetten ; ©egenb country, &c, ©egenben* ©dngerinn songstress, ©dngecinnerij »§crrfdbaft do- minion, vperrfd)aften j SKeinung opinion, SJleinungen 5 2aft load, Saften$ dual torment, £lualen$ Sagb chace, hunt, 3abgen 5 glut field, plain, gluten 5 grau lady, gtauen/ &c. 81. Besides the above there are many masculine and neuter substantives which form their plural in the same manner : as, ©taf count, ©tafen 5 £ett/ v^etren 5 ©cfymerj, Sdjmerjenj £tyr ear, Styrenj SSett bed, S3etten$ £emb shirt, £emben. 82. Substantives which in the singular end in t, en, it, form their plural by the addition of an n. Ex. ttx 23ote messenger, bie S3oten$ bet £afe the hare, bie $afen; tat 2Cuge the eye, bie 2(ugen$ bet (See the lake, bie Seen 5 bie spattie the party, bie spattien. 83. Substantives of various significations have different terminations in the plural number : thus, SBanb a volume, is 16 of the masculine gender, and forms its plural SScuibej when it signifies fetters, it is of the neuter gender, and makes SSonbe in the plural ; it sometimes signifies ribbon, string, fillet, &c., and then its plural is SSfinber. 23cm! bench, seat, is of the feminine gender, and makes SSanle in the plural ; when it signifies bank, it is of the same gender, and makes SSanfcn in the plural. £>tng thing, in a collective sense, makes SDtnge in the plural, but in a distributive sense, it makes tie dinger trifles, &c. ©efidjt face, plural, ©cfnbter j it sometimes signifies vision, and then its plural is @eftd)te $ £er £)ovn thorn, in a collective sense, makes £)crnen in the plural ; but in a distributive sense, its plural is Corner. £)a€ Canb country, in a collective sense, makes Zanbe in the plural, while in a distributive sense, it makes Cdnber estates, in the plural. £>a§ fitcfot candle, plural, Cidjte candles, makes Sicfyter in the plural, when it signifies lights, luminaries. Ex. £)ie 8id)ter be§ £immel$ the lights of heaven ; that is, the celestial luminaries. 9Jce-ifd) man (masculine), makes SJtens fdjen in the plural ; but when it signifies wench, it is of the neuter gender, and makes SRcnfdjer in the plural number. £)rt place, situation in general, makes £>rte in the plural ; but when it means any particular place or situation, its plural is Certer. Ex. £)te £>erter urn SDStcn the environs of Vienna. SSort word (of the neuter gender), considered as forming a part of a speech or discourse, makes ffiSorte in the plural : as, bk\e ft'nb feine SBotte these are his words ; but considered as single, detached or isolated words, the plural is SSSoi'ter 5 hence, 2B6rter&u word-book, book of words, or vocabulary, &c. 84. Proper names, when preceded by the definite article, are indeclinable: as, bas ©luff be§ Gdfar the fortune of Csesar ; Qefeet bcm peter give to Peter. When the article is omitted, which is very frequently done before the nominative and genitive cases, their termination varies. Most gram- marians make four declensions of proper names, viz. three of the masculine and neuter, and one of the feminine. 17 85. Declension of Proper Names not preceded by the Article. 1. 2. 3. 4. Frederick. Francis. Anthony. Theresa. N. gttebertd) Sranj 2(nton Sfyecefe G. griebertdjg guanjeng 2Cntong Sfyerei'enS D. griebertcfyen gtanjen ttnton £t)ere(en A. griebettdjen gran$en ttnton £t)ere(en 86. Proper names of the first, second, and third declensions, make the nominative, genitive, and accusative in e/ and the dative in en: as, grtebertdje/ grieberid)enj grange, graven ; 2tntone/ 2lntonen $ while those of the fourth make all the cases in en : as, Sfjerefen, 2Cnnen/ Sout(en/ &c. 87. 2tt>olpt), SSerntjarb, tlbtian, Ulrid), gubratg, and Doib, are declined, like the first. Thosewhich end in I and v, take n in the dative singular and plural, in which number the cases are not inflected: Santel, $peter $ dative, Samelm detent. 88. £an$/ Sorenj/ 2ftori$, SStncenj/ grt£ (an abbreviation of griebedd))/ Ulpp/ @eorg/ &c, are inflected like the second declension. 89. £)amon/ ©olon/ ©imon, and those which end in a or o, follow the third, but the latter take '6 in the genitive case, and require the definite article to form their plural. Ex. nom, Seba/ Sofua, (Sato/ (Sicero j gen. SBeba'S, Sofua'g, (5ato'6, (Stcero'S^ plural, tie S3cta/ bte Sofua, tie (Satone, bte (Stcerone. 90. Proper names derived from the Latin (in ug), are now used without inflection : as, spauluS/ @t)rtftug/ ©ornetuis, Stoittw with the exception of (SfytijU ©eburt the nativity of Christ, tyauli 23elel)rung the conversion of St. Paul. 91. All feminine names ending in d/ o and e/ are inflected like that of the fourth declension: thus, gtoro, %m\a, 'ILmalia or ttmalie, avi§ the churches of the city of Paris, bte (Stntoofyiwr uon ©r6§ the inhabitants of Gratz. 94. Many grammarians of the present day do not decline proper names at all, but make use of the article, or the pre- position con, where either is necessarv. CHAPTER III. OF ADJECTIVES. 95. German adjectives are either declinable or indeclin- able. They are declinable, when they precede the sub- stantives which they qualify, and indeclinable, when they follow them. Ex. bev gute SBein the good wine, ber SBetn tft gut the wine is good ; tie fdj&ncn SSlumen the pretty flowers, bte SSlumen ftnb fd)6n the flowers are pretty. 96. In German many adjectives are formed from sub- stantives, by adding some particle to the termination of the latter. The particles made use of for this purpose are, ig, ifd)/ ltd), id)t, bar, font/ \)a\u reid)/ en, ern, and log. Ex. 2CRad;t power, ma d)tig powerful; ©nabe grace, favour, gnabtg gracious; £>tmmel heaveD, $im;r«ltfd) heavenly, celestial; (Sibe earth, tvbiul) earthy, earthly, terrestrial; @ott God, g&.nlid; divine; 19 |>err lord, sir, master, fycrrtid) glorious, magnificent, stately ; ©tetn stone, ftet.iig stony ; SSerg mountain, bergtd)t mountain- ous ; (gt)re honour, efyrbar honourable ; s .CRann man, monnbar manly ; 2Crbett work, labour, arbeitfam industrious ; gurd)t fear, furd)tfam fearful ; £ers heart, tjevgijaft hearty, courage- ous; Sugenb virtue, tugenbfyaft virtuous ; S3oII people, solfreid) populous ; @id)e oak, eid)en oaken ; @olb gold, goiben golden ; £ol$ wood, t)6tjern wooden ; (Silber silver, fttbern made of silver; @^re honour, epilog dishonourable; ®ott God, gottlog godless ; @uunb ground, foundation, grunbtoS groundless, without foundation. 97. Many adjectives are formed from verbs, by cutting off their termination, and adding the particles tax, t>a]X, ig, ifrf), and lid) to their infinitives : as, brctud)en to use, braudjbar useful, serviceable ; banfen to tank, ban!bar thankful ; plau* bern to talk, plauberfyaft talkative"; gefyoren to belong, appertain to, gefyorig belonging, appertaining to ; murten to murmur, to grumble, murrifd) murmuring, grumbling ; ganfen to con- tend, to quarrel, §dn!ifd) contentious, quarrelsome ; bienen to serve, btenlid) useful, serviceable ; jterben to die, frerblid) mortal. 98. When a single adjective precedes the substantive which it modifies or qualifies, and is not preceded by the definite article, a pronoun, or a numerical adjective, it is declined like the indefinite article. Ex. Singular. Fern. Neut. gute Sattne guteS fSxob good humour good bread guter Saune gute£ 23robe$ guter Saune gutem Skobe gute Saune guteS 2?rob Plura\ Saunen SSrobe Sau.'.en £3rcbe £aunen 23uoben £auncn SSrobe Masc. N. guter 2Sein good wine G. guteS 2SeineS D. gutem SSeine A. gu.en SKkin N. gute SSetne G. guter 2£etnc D. guten Sffieinen A. gute SSeinc 20 99. When two or more adjectives precede the same substantive, they are declined thus — Singular. Masc. Fem. N. guter alter SBSein gute tjelle govbe G. guteS alten SGSetneS guter fjelten garbe D. gutem alten SQSetne guter l)ellengarbe A. guten alten SQSetn gute fyetle garbc Neut. N. guteg roeijkS S3rob G. guteS met^en SSrobeS D. gutem njetfen 33robe A. guteS wetjjes SSrob Masc. Fem. N. gute alte SGSeine guie l)elle garben G. guter alten SBetne gurer fyellen garben D. guten alten SGSeinen guten fyelten garben A. gute alte SGSeine gute Ijelle garben Neut. N. gute roeife 23robe G. guter roeifen SSrobe D. guten roetfsen 33roben A. gute tr-ei&e SSrobe 100. Adjectives may be preceded by the definite article, a pronoun, or a numeral adjective ; in this case the article and pronoun are declined like gut in the example guter 2Beini &c. ; and the adjective itself, without any distinction of gen- der, is declined like substantives which take en in all cases singular, except the nominative. Example of an adjective preceded by the definite article : — Singular. N. ber gute SBSein tie gute Saune bQ$ gute SSrob G. beg guten SBeineS ber guten Saune beS guten 23robe6 D. bzm guten SBetne ber guten Saune bem guten ffirobe A. ben auten iffiein bie gute Saune ba$ gute 33rob ruv. Caunen S3robe Caunen SSrobe Saunen SBroben fiaunen SSrobe 21 N. bic guten SBBeine G. bcr guten SBeine D. ben guten SBetnen A. tie guten SBeine 101. When mnn, betn, fein, unfer, euer, itjr, Itin, n;efn.*/ otel and we nig/ precede the adjective, they are declined like the indefinite article or numeral ein. 102. Of the numeral adjectives, ettiy gwet and brei are the only declinable numerals. The example which follows will show the declension of groet and brei/ before an adjective : N. jroet/ tret fdjone f ferbe fedfos (d)6ne ^ferbe G. jroeter, tveter fd)6nen spferben fedfos fd)6nev $>(etbe D. graeien, breten fd)6nen spferben fed?g (d)6ncn spferben A. gwA brei fd)6ne spferbe fedEjg fd)one $>ferbe. 103. Adjectives which terminate in en in the nominative plural, when preceded by the definite article, drop the final n in that number and case, when, instead of the definite article, they are preceded by eintge, mete/ mefyrete, reentge, or foldje : as, eintge getefyute banner some learned men, etele fd)6ne JBudier many fine books, fold)e fyaf?tfd)e ©ejtdjter such ugly faces, &c. If, instead of the above words, the adjectives were preceded by the definite article, they would make : bie gelefyrten banner/ bic fdjSnen SBu^ei*/ bie ty&jjltdjen @cftd)ter, &c. When alle precedes such adjectives, they are declined as if they were preceded by the definite article. OF THE DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 104. German adjectives admit of two degrees of com- parison, viz. the comparative and the superlative. The comparative is formed by adding r or er to the positive, and changing the vowels a, o and u into a, 6 and u. The super- lative is formed by adding ft or eft to the comparative. Ex. grofj, gvoper, grofjeft. ftarf, flatter, ftarfejt. great, greater, greatest strong, stronger, strongest. 22 105. The comparative is also formed by adding mefyr and roemger to the positive. 106. When the positive ends in r or I, the comparative may drop the e which precedes these two letters : as, bitter bitter, btttrer more bitter ; ettel vain, eitter vainer. 107. When the positive ends in b, f, I, \6), fj/ t or §, the superlative is formed by adding eft: as, pos. gerab/ superlat. gerabeftj tief, tiefeft,- ftarf, ftdrfcjlj falfa> falfd&eft$ ffifr fufeftj fanft/ fanfteft* lurg/ furjeft. 108. bunt/ gerab, f)of)t/ lafym/ log/ munteiv runb/ fanft/ fdjianl/ jrumm/ toll/ jaijm/ and a few others, do not change their vowels in forming their comparative and superlative de- grees, but make — Positive. Comparative. Superlative. bunt bunter ber buntefte motley gerab geraber ber gerabefre straight w l)ot)ler bag t)ot)tcfte hollow Jafym lafymer bag laljmejte lame log lofer bag lofefte loose munter munterer bag munterfte lively runb runber bag runbejte round fanft fanfter bag fanftejre gentle, soft fd)lanf fd)lanfer bag fdfjlanfefte slender ftumm ftummer bag ftummfte dumb toll toller bag tollfte mad ia\)tn jammer bag jaljmjte tame. 109. From the foregoing list it will be seen that the de- finite article precedes the adjectives in the superlative degree; and, by committing the following table to memory, pupils cannot fail to become well acquainted with the formation of the degrees of comparison of German adjectives. Positive. Comparative. Superlative, alt alter ber/ bie/ bag dltefte old arm drmer ber/ bie/ bag drmfte poor bange bdnger ber/ tie, ba$ b&ngfte anxious blobe blober ber/ \>U I bag blobjte timid 23 Positive. Comparative. Superlative, bofe b6fer ber, Me, ba& bofefte bad ebel ebler ber, foe, bo6 ebelfte noble frei freier ber, bie, bog freifte free fromm frommer ber, Me, ba$ frommjre pious gefunb ge[unber ber. Me, bat gefunbejle healthy grob grober ber, Me, ba& grobfte coarse grof? grofer ber, bie, ba§ grojkfte great tjart garter ber, bk, ba$ fydrtefte hard jung junger ber, bie, ba§ jungfte young fait falter ber, bie, bat fdltefte cold flar flarer ber, bie, ba§ flarfte clear ftug fluger ber, bie, ba$ flugfte prudent Iran! frdnfer ber, bie, baS !rdn!fte ill futjn luijner ber, bie, ba$ ful)nfre bold tur^ furjer ber, Me, bo§ f urjefte short, long Ianger ber, bie, ba$ langfte long naf naffer ber, bie, ba$ ndffefte wet roti) rottjer ber, bie, ba& rotfyefte red fauer faurer ber, bie, ba$ fauerjte sour fd)tcad) fd)mdd)er ber, bie, ba$ fd)mdd)fte weak fd)limm fd)ltmmer ber, bie, ba$ fdjiimmfte cunning fpat fpater ber, bie, ba$ fpdtefie late ftarf jHrfer ber, bie, ba$ ftdrffte strong warm manner ber, bte, ba$ mdrmfte warm. 110. S?alb, gut/ t)od), and nafye, soon, good, high, and near, form their comparative and superlative degrees irregularly : balb, efyer, eljeft 5 gut beffer, beft 5 *)od), bofyer, i)6d)fl 5 natje, ndfyer, ndd)ft. 111. SSiet, rcett, befio, mefyr, ungleid), feijr, alter, arm, aujjer= orbentlid), fob,!, fcbnee/ etS, ftocf, melt, munber, fytmmel/ &c. are often used to strengthen the degree of comparison. Ex. Met reid)er much richer, meit fd)6ner far more handsome, febr gelefyrt very learned, ungemein grof exceedingly great, f)6d)ft mafyrfdieinlid) most probable, ber allerndd)fte $)reig the very lowest price, bettelarm poor as a beggar, fot)lfd)marg black as 24 coal, ftfneemeif? white as snow, etSfalt cold as ice, jtocfbtinb blind as a post, nmnberfdjSn wondrously pretty, fytmmelfyod) high as heaven. 112. Comparatives and superlatives are declined like the simple adjectives, or those in the positive degree of the pre- ceding examples. 113. Numeral adjectives are divided into cardinal and ordinal ; the .former are used to express the number or qnantity of any thing, and the latter the order. CARDINAL NUMBERS. 114. etng one, greet two, tret three, tier four, funf five, (ed<6 six, ft'eben seven, ad)t eight, ncun nine, jefjn ten, etlf eleven, jrrSlf twelve, bretgetjn thirteen, inerjcfjn fourteen, funf$ef)n fifteen, fedgjefyn sixteen, ftebenjefyn seventeen, ad^efyn eighteen, neun--- jefyn nineteen, jtt>cin5tg twenty, ein unb jwangig twenty-one, jwci unb sroangtg twenty-two, brei unb jroangig twenty-three, x>icc unb jwanjig twenty-four, funf unb jroanaig twenty-five, fed'g unb jwanjtg twenty-six, ft'eben unb sroanjtg twenty-seven, ad)t unb jwanjig twenty-eight, ncun unb jroansig twenty-nine, bretfh'g thirty, ein unb breifjig thirty-one, jwei unb bretfjtg thirty- two, brei unb bretfjtg thirty-three, met unb bretjng thirty-four, funf unb bretfjtg thirty-five, fed)6 unb breifng thirty-six, fteben unb bretfjtg thirty-seven, ad)t unb bteifh'g thirty-eight, nam unb breifiig thirty-nine, Dierjtg forty, ctn unb trierjig forty-one, jwet unb merjtg forty-two, &c, funfjtg fifty, ctn unb funfjtg fifty-one, &c, ftebengtg seventy, ein unb ftebengtg seventy-one, &c, ad)tgtg eighty, ein unb ad?tgtg eighty-one, &c, neungtg ninety, ctn unb neungtg ninety-one, &c, fyunbert hundred, fyunbert unb etnS hundred and one, &c, tjunbert unb gefjn hundred and ten, &c, gtrctfyunbert two hundred, bretfyunbert three hundred, taufenb thousand, gefynfaufenb ten thousand, fyunberttaufenb a hundred thousand, cine SJctllton a million, gefyn SOWltonen ten millions, fyunbert 5CRtittonen a hundred mil- lions, gefyntaufenb 9Xilltonen ten thousand millions, fyunbertfaufenb SHUitonen a hundred thousand millions. 25 ORDINAL NUMBERS. 3)er/ bie, ba$ erfte the first, gmeite second, brttte third, uterte fourth, ffinfte fifth, fed)fte sixth, ftebente seventh, ad)te eighth, neunte ninth, gct;nte tenth, etlfte eleventh, gwolfte twelfth, bretjefynte thirteenth, mctjefynte fourteenth, funfjetjnte fifteenth, fedjgjetjnte sixteenth, ftebenje^nte seventeenth, aaVjefynte eigh- teenth, neunjefynte nineteenth, groanjigfte twentieth, ein unb jwanjtglte twenty-first, groet unb groanstgfte twenty-second, &c. ; breijjigfte thirtieth, ein unb breifngfte thirty-first, &c. 115. The ordinal numbers are always preceded by the definite article; as in the above table, and the examples which follow. grans I- (bet erfte) Francis the first, grans II. (ber gwette) Francis the second, 4?«nrtd) HI- (^ ec britte) Henry the third, £etnrid) IV. (ber trierte) Henry the fourth ; ben erften ; 3anuar the first of January, ben jweiten 9ftar§ the second of March, ben grootften 2Cugujt the twelfth of August, &c. ; im Sa^re 1835 (ein taufenb a$t ftunbert funf unb bretjng ; or, adjtgefyn fyunbert funf unb breifng). From these examples it will be seen, that the ordinal numbers are used in German for the dates of months, and to show the succession of princes who have reigned, and the cardinal numbers for the years. 116. 2Cnbertt)alb one and a half, brtttrjalfc two and a half, 5cr>ntt)atb nine and a half, &c, are compound forms of the cardinal numbers ; and, fie ftnb alle oier gefommen they are all four come, eS ftnb tfyrer gefyne there are ten of them, eg fafen funf bet Sifdje they were five at table, are instances of de- clining the cardinal numbers beyond ein/ greet and bxei, which familiar use has introduced. Some other peculiarities of numerical adjectives would have been noticed here, if they had not been considered more likely to perplex beginners than to facilitate their progress in the study of the German language. 26 CHAPTER IV. OF PRONOUNS. 117. German pronouns are divided into personal, posses- sive, demonstrative, relative, interrogative, and indefinite. Declension of Personal Pronouns. FIRST PERSON. second person. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. N. id) I nrir we bu thou ibr you G. metner of me unfer of us betner of thee euer of you D. mtr to me un£ to us bit to thee eud) to you A. mid) me unS us. bid) thee eud) you. third person. Singular. Plural. Masc. Fern. Neut. Of the 3 genders . N. er he fte she eS it fte they G. fetner of him ifyrer of her feiner of it tfyrer of them D tfym to him tfyr to her tbm to it ibnen to them A it)n him fie her eg it. fte them. 118. Possessive Pronouns. Singular. Masc. Fem. Neut. mein metne mein mine bein betne bein thine fein feine ifyre her, hers Plural. fein his. unfer- unfre unfer our euer cure euer your tyc ibre iftr their. These pronouns are declined like the indefinite article. 27 119. Demonstrative Pronouns. Masc. btefer ber jener berjcnige lie that berfelbe felbtger foldjer Fern. biefe bte jenc Neut. biefeg this bag this jeneg that btejentge she that bagjentge it that, &c. btefelbe bctgfelbe the same felblge felbtgeg the very same foldje folcfyeg such. 120. SMefer and jener are declined like simple adjectives : thus, btefer, btefeS, btefem, btefen 5 iener, jeneg, ienem, jenen. The other, being compounded, are declined like adjectives pre- ceded by the definite article : as, Nom. berjentge, Gen. begs jentgen, Dat. bemjentgen, Ace. benjenigen. Nom ; . Gen. Dat. Ace. berjemge be§ientgen benvjemgen benientgen btejentge berjentgen berjentgen btejentge berfelbe beSfelben bemfelben benfelben btefelbe berfelben berfelben biefelbe boJjemge begjemgen bemjenigen bagjentge baSfelbe begfelben bemfelben baSfelbe. 121. Declension of Relative Pronouns. Singular. Masc. Fem. N. meldjer, ber roeld)e, bte G. roeldjes, beffen roeldjer, ber D. melcfyem, ber ttJelcfjer, ber A. roetdjen, ben weld)e, bte Neut. n?eld)eS, ba$ who, which tt>eld)e£, beffen whose, of which tt)eld)em/ bem to whom, to which n?eld)eg/ bctS, whom, which. Plural of the three Genders. N. roeld;e/ bte who, which G. tr>eld)er, beren whose, of which D. roeld;en, benen to whom, to which A. roelcfce, bte whom, which. 28 122. The interrogative pronouns are wer who, wefien of whom, went to whom, wen whom ; wag what, wejfen of what, §u wag (wo$U/ woran) to what, wag what ; wetter and weldje who, welcbeg which, or, wag fur etner, wag fur eine/ wag fur etneg/ and in the plural, weld)e/ or, wag fur weld;e. 123. Declension of the Indefinite Pronouns. jemanb some one, ntemanb no one, and jeberman each, every- one, are termed indefinite, on account of their indeterminate signification. They are declined as follows : — N. jemanb ntemanb jebermann G. jemanbg niemantg jebermanng D. jemanben & jemanb niemanben & ntemanb A. jemanben & jemanb niemanben & niemanb jebermann. To these may be added ein jeber/ etne jebe f cim jebeg each, everv one, which makes : — Masc. Fem. Neut. N. ein jeber etne jebe ein jebeg G. etneg jeben einer jeben eineg jeben D. einem jeben etner jeben etnem jeben A. cinen jeben etne jebc ein jebeg. To the preceding add leiner no ane, not one, none, an= er other, and ein anberer another. Reiner is thus declined : Masc. Fem. Neut. Plur. N. leiner letne letneg letne G. letneg leiner letneg leiner D. leinem leiner leinem leinen A. leinen letne letneg letne N.B. manner, manage, mancfyeg, manaV many a, many a man, many a one, &c. ; trgenb and some others, are illustrated in another part of this work. See Index. OBSERVATIONS ON THE PARTICLES felbfb fid)/ ©te, er/ tf)r, ijalben/ wegen, wttlen, eg/ man, fetn, beo bte, bag/ bag and btef, weld)er, wer, wag, and fo. 124. The particle felbffc is often added to the personal pro- nouns much in the same manner that the word self is added 29 to English personal pronouns. It is indeclinable in all the cases, and is used with each person in both numbers. Ex. 3d) felbffc I myself, nnr felbjt we ourselves, id) fya&e eS eud) felbft gegeben I have given it to you yourselves, id) fya&e fte felbft ge= fefjen I have seen her herself. 125. The particle ftd) is added to the personal pronouns, and is indeclinable in the dative and accusative cases in both numbers. Ex. @c betrubt ftd) he afflicts himself, fte fdjaben ftd) they prejudice themselves. 126. The Germans use the third person plural @te on such occasions, as the English and French use the second person plural : as, Commen ol er mtc ba$ fetch me that, ttyr fetb nad)= la$iq you are negligent. 127. The genitive case of the personal pronouns is frequently used with the words fyatbem megen/ xvilUn, and whenever this happens, the final r is changed into t : as, betnetfyatben on thy behalf, fetnetroegen for, or, on account of him, tfyretnriUen on her account, &c. 128. The pronoun eg, a neuter singular, is often used with a verb in the plural number: as, eg ftnb otele Safyre, ba$ id) tfyn ntdjt fat) it is many years since I saw him, eS ftnb nur. nod) §roet ubctg there are no more than two of them left. 129. The pronoun man is much the same in German both as to its use and signification, as on in French, and si in Italian. Ex. Sflfcan fprid)t on parle, siparla, one speaks ; man get)t on va, si va, one goes. This particle does not, however, render the construction passive in German, as si does in Italian, but requires an accusative case after it : as, man fyat u)n geftern auf ber (Strajje gefefyen fu veduto ieri per istrada, one saw him yesterday in the street; man faster otele ©olbaten oorbet gefyen si videro a passar per di qua molti soldaii, one, we, you, they, people, &c. saw many soldiers go by here. d 3 30 130. The possessive pronoun her is expressed by ii)r, and not fein : as, ifyr. £au$ her house, i^re ©d)6nt)eit her beauty ; and when these pronouns follow the verb, they are inde- clinable : as, btefeg «£ctu3 ift euer this house is yours, biefe geber ift mein this pen is mine. 131. The definite article bet/ bki ba& is very frequently used instead of the demonstrative pronoun btefer/ btefe/ biefeg. 132. £5a3 and biejj/ indeclinable, are very often used be- fore masculine and feminine nouns, both in the singular and plural numbers, to render the expression more emphatic : as, ba$ ift ber SDtonn/ son btm id) eud) fo met ergdtjlte that is the man of whom I have said so much to you, ba6 ift bk sperfon/ roeldje r gu fennen munfd)enthat is the person with whom you so much wish to become acquainted, biejj ftnb tie S3ud)er, tie ©ie fo fefyr gu lefen rounfdjen these are the books which you so much wish to read. 133. £)effen, beren/ and bevev, are used in preference to roelcfyer/ in the genitive case : as, ber #elb/ beffen Styaten tt>ir fennen the hero whose achievements we know, bie Sugenb, beren 2Bertf) bir unbcfctnnt ift virtue, the worth of which is unknown to you, bk Zfyakrii bever @ie errodfynen the deeds of which you speak. 134. SOBer is used in reference to any person without dis- tinction of gender, in the singular only : as, xvtv ift n?of?l nut fetnem (Stanbe jufvicben ? who, indeed, is satisfied with his con- dition ? 135. 23aS is used interrogatively in reference to any thing in general, and in the singular number only : as, rvai t)Qt bet 9tad)fcar. gefagt ? what has the neighbour said ? When was is preceded by bag/ it becomes a relative pronoun : as, bai f roa§ ©ie fagen that which you say. 136. The indeclinable particle fo is sometimes used to avoid the too frequent repetition of the relative pronouns : as, bie %vau f fo unS begegnere the lady who met us, bk Stdbte; fo uric befafyen the cities, or towns, which we visited ; instead of, tie grou/ bk or roelcfye, bie (gtabte/ bie or welctye/ &c. 31 CHAPTER V. OF THE SEVERAL SORTS OF GERMAN VERBS, AND THEIR CONJUGATION. 137. German verbs may be divided into primitives and derivatives, and these again into auxiliary or helping, active, passive, neuter, reciprocal, simple, compound, inseparable, separable, impersonal and irregular, each of which will be treated of more particularly in the next chapter. 138. There are in German three auxiliary or helping verbs, viz. fern to be, tjafcen to have, and roerben to become, which have the different moods, tenses and inflections ex- hibited in the following conjugations. 139. Conjugation of the Verb fein. infinitive mood, f c £ n to be. Pres. Part, fetenb and roefenb being Past Part, getuefen been. Imperative. fei be thou, fetb be ye, or you. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present Tense. i§ bin I am id) fet I may be bu btjr thou art bu feijr thou mayst be ev tjl he is er fet he may be rotr ftnb we are nrir feien we may be ityc (eib you are £t>r fetet you may be fie ftnb they are. fte feien they may be. Imperfect. td) xoerbe become tbou ; roevbet become you, &c. indicative. idj roerbe I become bu totrffc thou becomest ec roirb he becomes \mv roevben we become tf)t roerbet you become fte roerben they become SUBJUNCTIVE. Present Tense. id) roerbe I may become bu werbefr thou mayst become er werbe he may become ttriu roerben we may become tyz roerbet you may become fte it-erben they may become. Imperfect. id) wurbe or ttarb I became bu rcurbeft or rcarbft thou becamest er u>urbe or tr-arb he became ttrir ttmrben we became itjr rourbet you became fte rourben they became. id) rourbe I might become bu tr-utbeft thou mightest be- come ec rourbc he might become ttrir wurben we might become it>r rcurbet you might become fte ttmrben they might become. Compound Tenses. id) bin gercorben I have be- come id) fet geir-orben become may have id) tt>ar geworben come I had be- id) roerbe roerben I shall be- come id) ware geroorbcn I might have become id) wurbc roerben I should be- come. 142. There is but one conjugation of regular verbs in German, and according to this all regular German verbs are inflected. 34 143. Conjugation of the Regular Active Verb Ueben. infinitive mood, lieben to love. Pres. Part. liebenb loving. Past Part, gcltebt loved. Imperative. liebe love thou, &c., liebet love ye, &c. indicative. id) liebe I love bu liebft thou lovest er liebt he loves ttrir lieben we love ifyv liebet you love fte lieben they love. id) liebte I loved bu licbteft thou lovedst er liebte he loved nrir liebten we loved i\)v liebtet you loved < fte liebten they loved. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present Tense. id) liebe I may love bu liebeft thou mayst love er liebe he may love tt>tr lieben we may love tfyr liebet you may love fie lieben they may love. Imperfect. id) liebte I might love bu liebteft thou mightest love er liebte he might love ttrir liebten we might love ttjr liebtet you might love fte Ikbtzn they might love. Compound Tenses, id) fyabt geliebt I have loved id) Ijabe geliebt I may have loved id) l)dtte geliebt I might have loved id) rourbe lieben I should love. id) t)atte geliebt I had loved id) werbe lieben I shall love 144. Conjugation of the Passive Verb geliebt roerben. infinitive mood, geliebt werbe:n to be loved. Pres. Part, geliebt roerbenb being loved. Past Part, geliebt tr-orben been loved. Imperative, roerbe geliebt be thou loved; roerbet geliebt be ye loved. 35 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present Tense, id) roerbe geliebt I am loved id) roerbe geltebt I may be loved bu wirjl geltebt thou art loved bu roerbejr geltebt thou mayest be loved er rcirb geltebt he is loved er roerbe geltebt he may be loved nrir rcerben geltebt we are loved nrir werben geltebt we may be loved tfyr roerbet geltebt you are loved ifjr rcerbet geltebt you may be loved fie rcerben geltebt they are fte rcerben geltebt they may be loved loved. Imperfect. id) rourbe geltebt I was loved id) rourbe geltebt I might be loved bu nwrbeft geltebt thou wast bu rotirbejr geltebt thou might- loved est be loved er wurbe geliebt he was loved er rourbe geltebt he might be loved nrir rourben geltebt we were nrir ttmrben geltebt we might loved be loved it)r rourbet geltebt you were itjr rcurbet geltebt you might loved be loved fte rcurben geltebt they were fte rourben geltebt they might loved. be loved. Compound Tenses. id) bin geliebt rcorben I have id) fei geltebt roorben I may been loved have been loved id) war geliebt rcorben I had id) rc&re geliebt roorben I might been loved have been loved id) rcerbe geliebt roerben I shall id) nmrbe geltebt rcetben I should be loved be loved. 36 145. Conjugation of an Irregular Neuter Verb. infinitive mood, fd)lafen to sleep. Pres. Part. fd)lafenb sleeping. Past Part, gefdjlafen slept. Imperative, fcfylafe, fd;lafer, &c. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present Tense, id) fdilafe I sleep id) fd)lafe I may sleep bu fd)ldf|t thou sleepest bu fdjtafeffc thou mayest sleep er fd)ldft he sleeps er fdjlafe he may sleep wit fd'lafen we sleep wit fcfclafen we may sleep iijr fdjlafet you sleep tfyr fdjlafet you may sleep fte fd)lafen they sleep. fte [djtafen they may sleep. Imperfect, id) fd)lief I was sleeping id) fdjltefe I might sleep bu fcfyltef ft thou wast sleeping bu fd)liefeft thou mightest sleep er fdbttef he was sleeping er fd)liefe he might sleep wit fdiliefen we were sleeping wit fdUiefen we might sleep i\)t fdtfiefet you were sleeping ifyt fd)liefet you might sleep fte fdjltefen they were sleeping, fte fdjliefen they might sleep. Compound Tenses. id) fyabe gefdjlafen I have slept id) fyabe gefdjtafen I may have slept id) fyatte gefd)lafen I had slept id) fycttte gefd)tafen I might have slept id) merbe fd)lafen I shall sleep td) rout-be fd)lafen I should sleep. 146. Conjugation of a Compound Separable Reciprocal Verb. infinitive mood fid) antleiben to dress one's self. Pres. Part, ftd) anfleibenb dressing one's self. Past. Part, ftd) angefleibct dressed one's self. Imperative. Iletbe bid) an dress thyself. 37 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present Tense. id) lleibe mid) an I am dress- ing myself bu fletbeft lid) an thou art dressing thyself ei* lleibet fid) an he is dressing himself ivit lleiben ung an we are dressing ourselves U)r fleibet eud) an you are dressing yourselves fie lleiben fid) an they are dressing themselves. id) lleibe mid) an I may dress myself bu lleibejl tidb an thou mayst dress thyself er lleibe fid) an he may dress himself mir lleiben ung an we may dress ourselves tt)r lletbet eud) an you may dress yourselves fie lleiben fid) an they may dress themselves, Imperfect. id) lleibete mid) an I was dress- ing myself bu fleibeteft bid) an thou wast dressing thyself eu lleibete fid) an he was dress- ing himself miu lletbetenomg an we were dressing ourselves if)t lleibetet eud) an you were dressing yourselves fie lletbeten fid) an they were dressing themselves. id) lleibete mid) an I might dress myself bu lleibeteft bid) an thoumight- est dress thyself er lleibete fid) an he might dress himself wit lleibeten unS an we might dress ourselves ii)r tletbetet eud) an you might dress yourselves fie fleibeten fid) an they might dress themselves. Compound Tenses. id) §aU mid) angelleibet I have dressed myself id) fyatte mid) angefleibet I had dressed myself id) werbe mid) anlleiben I shall dress myself id) tjaOe mid) angelteibet I may have dressed myself td)t)dtte mid) ange£leibet I might have dressed myself idjmurbe mid) anlleiben I should dress myself 38 147 . The irregular verbs deviate from the regular form in the present and imperfect tenses of the indicative and subjunc- tive moods, and in the past participle. The imperfect of the subjunctive is in general formed from the imperfect of the indicative, by changing the vowels a, o and u into their cor- responding diphthongs, or softened vowels a, 6 u. The following tables of irregular verbs will be found to be both comprehensive and accurate, and beginners ought to commit it to memory as soon as possible, after they have made them- selves well acquainted with the others. 39 2 ,o s£s>s> S>S> ■£> w w> ^» Pi cn-Q s> .£> aa s> at at at a< at at at at at at at at at at en jo j> J=> CO €35 cn » cpcncncno) enen en Ui. -»-> (JCL cs o> && S 5-» 1 p. S 'at «* J5 CD O at at <33 5-» Si at at C H CJ O at "S C5 .j- CS a* a. at at at at ._ .JS .^ .ti _i ^-. S- 5-» JO JE» jo JO JO s> jo fljiaa^fl J=> J3 J» at at *-» V S 3 o til at S3 C cCS o at at at <3j w ^ a* *■* at 21 2* CJ.2J-CJ s-§> <3tr at ■»CJ il *<3 at «>0 "O t><3 i^ 1-1 o jo jo JO S>^-£> S> S> S> S> S> S> • s u Zz O at in J3- S3-> K — §1 «5 5-» CO .£> CS-— CJ S3 1-1 c 3 at at cn^r <3 O W o* o o«d2 ■S 5-» J-» J- jo j=> J=> ^^•^ S> a ««>oa«>oj> a>o>oa §5" & ^ ^ «" .^ SS > S'S'S > . , §' !?S^ W ^ £ S at w g 8 i <■« «w (JO. at .»- at 6 J^CfcL at 52. tji- list — •«-» .at a .*» at Cy» <35 ■*5"CJ a rt- at j=> 3 ijn. 5-» "*5 ^cT °* • ^ P* at C3- SI at at ~ s-» ■— ^Z 0) O a 01 £ s ^ £ 3 3 W J=> v J) » .O jo at !2'*— a» .^ «^S*£J at s_> 5 <£ at .<*>^JjO-ui & c liEL <35 g ^ Vl- g S> 'Si "S £- S ' jo^^" «£ *-S*. J3 o jo , J-» • S^S 3 S-> _o i^ at •«-» .«-» •«-» •<-> <->t<3 ^^ *^ at JO .n.1s •s* «* g ^ ^!§" .If t3 CIS S jsf is ° X) o C 'So 13 '5 , ^ > O 2 § a o o g S =T3.S MO 'S s at c o o So 2 I— ^* at .£!•. S3 .ft* tia. 1 S c at CO g ens s g c c v» s ^ <> n S c at <3 at CS at 0* at at a» .2* •— 43 •" w *-» i- « && S8 Si 83 8S 8Q ^5S^S^^ && ^ <£> CN Tt t}* 21 — ;=! ? ** c< ^ <" 5-»:_>css-. s-» S3 clw •& •& ^ r "2^ « <_»<_»<_•<_» <_.«_» C ■_, }_, j_> -_, «_><_. o <_0 CO <_D <_0 C£ <_0 <-» <_» <_> <_» CO CO CO CD CSi o to p, S i-i s-> a. :-> S-i g- ^> S-^2- ^ is n >& 6 II o -Sf ^ ~ *• £, £* ^*« >-> £ ^" :3 S $-« ^- »^ *5- $1 <-» c 3§ >0>0j3jofi^)j0 e»> <-» <_. a* < ^— **— u— >^ ^» V*d>3 O +j o Jo fcr w "O s^cg-s § ) ^S , s. , f |« Bg ^-- ^^ ^ _> "S s ■ is 1 I *- ^ o - ** o n g c g g « o Q o o ilsS Is tlf^Sf I'gf 5 nS 5 S.5^^r .5| |-§slsa all ^ 5? ^ ^^c»>^ ^J"S C '-' S_> -* ' S-. i-» s-f^fc 1 rj CJC3 i S<«ftQ0 0Q © © ©£> © © eo yo» bo (N — i (N ^ C0(MiO CO 41 6 "a. ft* CS) O c c ft* ft* O O fci-5-. S3 ft* ft* i*l 'Si ss o >£> S3 ft* en • 2i CS ^ O ft* o jo cn^ enc s ft* ft* o< ft* a> ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* cn «ja. ft* ft* a! *< > o 3! =-• *» ISO. S S ft* en O o ft* ft* ft* ft* iEiE ft* ft* 5-> i-» ft* ^£3^ <*1 <33 ft* ft*.** *♦ «o ocJ ft* en ft* ■» c* jO n£> ft* ft* en en ft* .2i ft* +5 n c cn "encnen aj ^— N . > <*■ "^ !! o ft* ft* «_» £L%«3- en Si- 5* 02- ft* S-i ft* ,i±cn ft* ft* ** *-» U Q»CS «£>^> ft* ft* enen ft* en j3> en ,ft*j21 sfSSff ft* .^» q> t»<3 ft* ft* en cn en en en en •6";S? 's - >&•& >S~ e-e •e w >& >&•& ■*>&■-&>& '*■• '*■* '*■* .-..*-» •*♦ •«-» .*"..„. ■•*■**•«- . a) s en o o o 1*1 <35 <3 ft* cs en ft* ,~ o» CS ft* ft* ^^ en cn cn ^ ^ •£?>€? ■«> "5 s "S"^ """'- .— ._ ft*.^.._.^, ft* CJ *» 5-* ft* «t±t; $-> ft* ft* ai t*3 <£ «£ ^ «ti "en •3 c O ft* Cn ft* =s CO- ,ft» ,J3- 5tS.'S ^_, cn *l£*: 1*3- *en 3 *» IS •' . ^2 tJ ^2 » v - ft* ft* C <" ft*.^-. <£ "3" j. J^^ "S £l.i_» <3=^ ■*■ £ «o J-» *» «J a) Si. £ t5.^-^j£ iiiL -g, xS?S '^ en en & en en en •s~*s~ [S* &•& "€T •e-e" !t? >e- 'g^>g■'U>•g">g-■8 , • *» •^> •*■» ** - •»^ .^. ft* .,_ .^. .^ ^ S-l 2 ^ T3 - 4-3 o > 0) O c S3 n a O) G q; S-, 22 e c ft* ft* "C O c ft* ** 0> > o 4-> S 8 S § -| S. g * 8 S 2§)0^-2 ft* ^ o* C« ^^ a> »— ft* ft* •»- It CS* ft* ft* ft* 5-t &o ft* ^£> t<<3 >o BO© ft* ft* o ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* j£>yo eo VG&O © © ©©©©©© i-H CO CO CO CO tft ?0 CO (M iO Tf -H (M IO CO e3 42 '3, S3 S o s c cng S 2i ^ .£> tsr'&iS cs oMSMS 5-. It** ^ OT c C s o S ** (JO K o iffen annt lungen Ph en enen<55 <3) ■ f> <^^ . r^ ■£?• flJjWWWjH a> C*> C*> ^ 'en >*— «l> S3 C Q> .21 ,21 — s-> SjCCO CS u w MS MS MS en en en en en en cn^c^'is-iC- J3~J3^J3^ >£?- d u <*> Si S3 E5 S* «i> »v» ^* a* fcr-SIiS en c-CS 2; — > s-> 5j »cj .^ - — *"" o en en <35 en en en 0)£-J5-S> J3^X?-,£> ■£»^ Jbj i»j *w »-> «-» o r<0 Jg^" •G-S~-cT-g- •S > S~ > S' , S V >&-e>e- !^~ •S~>£?-S~ , S"'S N ew ._».,*.,-._ "** •->•—•— *'■'•*"' •*-* ••*'* - "- ■«-»••* . d O »53 *_. .o a=^i: en .21 o.21 a w S ^ «&« en en en en cn,o-j=*--G* ^S3-^5-^£> J3» «2«wS»S2«2 •8" ^■g-g-g ^IzSS rg^:? tET .*§'3'^.'2TS' s-> -I-. s-> j. s-» Ti <^> w ^CJ o> I «£ •X>,C7-(f-» ^ "8 >^Si en ^si^ IB •3 s^ en «k h-» oe$ *nS3 d ti-Jcs 5-^ 6 . . O CJ q o £ o o "r c^ ^ <" ^ ^ 21 - s s c 2 • Si — »-» «5 aCS u « <3 .q- - <3 <» >£3\»^ .S3MT o MS — MS £ CS) en cnenen^ s>»^^-^^-» v S- ^J-**"* «-»«-* "^ "^ a» s •e >&•&&• >6~ S-QS •e-s^-s- *a' -e-e-s-^-e o» •** •*-" •*■* ••* •«- ,, «-" •<-•♦-» .^.._.^> •** **■* ••** •** '** •* - &. £3 CD a. CD OS Sh (10 ■a d c 3 a , 1) 0) O 1^2 = o o o° e c -i> cu s ? Ij ., D, ^ > S c o £ oj 3 3 ts q a; o o "8 a o c o <** S3 B C *- S3 r u n s J> o o 5 = n S '33 O e '^ ^ 'o o M O O +j O -M +■' ^« ^ c - S ss .tS"S3.21. . a> .2: ^-» +-> '<-> » C « CS CS o> r» © © ©©©© ©^^^0 £J. «_> 3 3 o 3 CU o 5-> c CU Ci> £3 Ci> *»" CS ."ti >2i S" 3 cn cu 3^ cn cs s s 3 cu JO Cu H cu cu cu CU CU cu a» cu cu cu cu cu Cu CU Cu 3) cn cn 35 35 en cn cn cn enen cn cn cn cn »- y_ 3 o> "eu ica. <3 e: s_ <3 2 S « S E 3 u o • »->*'-' jO 5-> c$ o o cs cu cu jO -£>rx) "cu 'cu .Si cu cn Cu Su SB ■ cu uO Cu 11 o CU cu Q_ cu "£'£'«CS CU S S3 t-O Cu *€? cu «3 c» ^u^^> cn cu T"-Q N cn3°3 ■2 S£ cu JO cu s O «"^-e~ IS" "t? T? .*§* >6? « , -e , -s- Iff •s^-s - !? CU eu a. 3 te&S S3 o JO CO- c_ *u >C * > cn u3^-X> cn cs 3 JO cu S^ S = 5 o w-> a Q> 22 •2-^5 <3 3S5 s 1-1 •e^-a-e- -5 s ;€? 3 5 S ^•e«- ■& •&>&" -e •*■*•*-■ ■«-• '*■* •~ •*- .»u *** ^ S-> „_ ■»-► s-> cu ^~N •** $.» t» CU ** b= cu ^ cu > U±. ^ ct±- jQ »3 oCJ cu "5 s S s o <3- n 3 cu o<3 5-> cu cn _CU cs cs s s o 6 iL? aS <" ^ 3 jO JO 3 JO cu Cu 3 JO . . -O 0) QJ 3 a; ^t3-^ ID P4 cu CU 55 3 s o t£_) £}_) W-> -» 3 5 § O ,- *" >f? Cu"Vi CU V? 3 <-> ° <" ~H-» 35 5 "C ^ Jo 2 fa=^ o *S .-2 .-^£^7— < cs *-> "£ « v 3 J £~J&*i£12f£l~ . 5 cu »* O v. -» ^— ' > .ITtf!? s~ £ S ^ '&' tg^:*? «" >s s t > s~ ^& 52 C -c £ -tJ o 0) > '2 a ^ a §•3 3 c S Si 3 0) o 3 CU 3 •s-s s SCO cu ss s= »o &5 •6 s a* "iu Cv> cu cs c c tl cu cu S3 jO -X^cu cu cu cu 3 Cu cn cu cn 3 JO "cu tf rf (M CO Tt rf O o CO ^ 44 n cn :-. 1 PL, 5 c 1 i o S 6» « s S 3 ££ «i3- C ft- 3 O Si- ft- W 3 ft-CT 3 CS Ss§.lll %* %* 5-» 5-* >* Cv Cj> C-/ o cn cn <33 <5) <3) ocn «J csscn cn cncncncn «-> "2 •£?- qa. 0> 1 s o £ »- o O o- o <3 t4 ° o ej o »w 3 *«i» Crf Crf 0* 3 s s s s E S CO w 3 3 3 ft- «- ft-<3- u Sj W 5-» W • > S o o. c S.2, — > c o s s s « i 3 "« 5 3 «« <3- c ft- ft '2 3 ft-o- jj w w s-> e ^ ;S •e -e- «•& & ee e g-e-e-s- p us ^ O CS s s n o s C$v3- 3 ft. en o ft- 5-» 3 ftcr a s»sii W 5-» W 5-» O ^ ^ ^. S-» 3 ."E 3 ^ «* e ^ «• -e && § ^•S~ •IT en en. ** 3-> > £-£hs 5 ! f «ii en t3l «3t I 3 ot= ~ "»! 12. ft- 3 o- 5-> •5 1 Ph *■• •♦-» 3 •<— c •<-■ 3 •<-> 3.5 5 S S £ 5 S e .3 3 .3 s o* *> 2-° *& 6 6 c5 o S= u — — >*— a* «" 3 >-J c3 ■ J=N — ^T.ii c 2; Si- °* ft-rri. b? O" it w *tj ^ <" ** «* S § «■ •J? *? S^ S" *?«* S" !§"!§" IS S 01 xi CO 3 0) o J2 O 3 3j a; a a 2 B o CO w 3 ** a © CU -t-J C ^ SB CO 'S 0) O o co ,_7 32 w "> ■a o BBB 2 3 3 3 5 ?i 2< S 3 c Ck> Cw Cu S5 S5 SS S5 s g 5R l£$ 3 en — 0 3 S3 5 cs 3 3 «£itt= 3 .21.22 o o o cd Q 3 o So o •© -e-e-e- >&" >e >& ■c-S" o <^> O Cl» a* O o a> 3) cncn cncn en cn cn enen cn cn cn enen f? y_ > aj 3 t~ ^ 5-» CS o o o o o — eu o> (trS.^0 E „_ ^ «*.2: ^ «i> w ^ 3 a OC a^ 3 •— •— w a* €? -6" ■€?"c? 6 5m -.n &n*~ <*> ££££- £: Jo,- 3 o» II 3 3 CS3 "3 •5 s .21 .22 "O ="3 »o oO •6" "3^3 o ^ llTI^^SM? 12 ;€T iffliTS S" !^ ^S" •e-e . <" on uO 3 t» w sO «{ri. JOui— 3 <" a g n 3 en o 3 .21.21 3 O o o 3 w -? •0" g_"5~g; ^~ *& *G gg !^ ;£?;£? «■« ^~ e !2?!2?!2? !? ^ «" «-«■ 14 s-> 54 s-» QJ rt i "5" 131 en rs its. 3 ti3 113 (JOS jj 4) QJ* jO 13- L3- It— «3 2 en BB t2- . 3 3 jQ w. 3 JO o +-> a * jjy. .. o S o o o CO o 3 o c C C 3 r- cn 3 £5a £ «w ca 3 CS a> 3 3 cs >£? •&&>& •& •3" •f? •&•& 85 £:£} 8S& *y &> ®®@ ® ^) ® ®@ co - H CO CO <£> rj* Tj (N CO CO CO 46 c en es gfc= s 5 « ft* MO .^ o rieben ritten neen O c en e # ^r >&-e •S" ^r •ee g gg -&S-&- g V ■a cw «U GJ e> CK cw o o> ei> Cb» Ck> Q> CS5 en en en en en en en en en er en en en en S~ M >H u o o o O _ o o O a 5- V c S en ^ y_ U2X •». ^^^,2? ^s -o "g "* «> >& Ci . 5_» ;_» ^» OlC en >»— gg g gg g gg ggg g g . > If a* en "3 gtt= 2S ft* «o ■Jo s ^^i en ■H" -e^ •5 s ■fif e-e •e- >&•& •e-e-& ■S" •fcj- o ^ eg g g eg S gg ."S"."?^ g g . v en *&(!= yn. C^ o 5-> O en S.& =5 •♦* o «S s i- K 5-> H H £3 g g"€? g g gg g gg ggg g g *? >&•& •e* •B" ee >& •e-e >s->&>e^ e >e •*• *** ••*•*• •** "^ '** *" ** j "3 •3 o<3 NO «3 + ■». ft* en— ^g'p« »C$ S-r* 2 S J ~ 'S Q> C*> &6 sggli Q> 0> S-> »-» 5-» 2g2 £ w^gg g g gg o o l ^ u— ggg >PT •S^ •f? ■f? ee >e ■©•& •S'-B'S* •6 s •e" .<-«»♦-. •** ■* J ""■ **' ■*■* CO O **5 o O S* o o O ■4-> a en <3 ft* S jOrf> ft* Cw< «* S-» K W S s c a* en s •ff ee •fr >f? ee •s- •S'-S' •e-e>e •b' •is' ® ®® © ® ®@ ® ®@ ©®@ 6) ^) <£> Tf rf tP CO -H Tf CO T}< CO ^^^ CO -* 47 s ft* n c o 3 £ ft* ,» _. _ !& iij s 3 c S e c c = J- ^* \i o o 3 3 o c ■«-> c 3 Jr 3 8 8 SS8 X/g«2- 3-2- £i S ft* en>*-» s J3 = 3 c O 3 3 O (U O y ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* <^> o ft* ft* ft* ft* en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en > 0) >- * ° C ss e s s ft* ft* * = ! o^ ft* O «v a Sg :ss .8 2 8 £>3-t, — 1« — ^ — t, '•"' •*■" ft* s ft* ft* ^-s ft* s ,*o en ^ ft* 3 s £> *-» .£ t>CJ "CS •■'O °3 ^ ^ «i* ^ ft* —s ft* ^~^- z ** s s |4 3 s 8 8 8 2 X^ *-• ft* en«-> 3 t: 3 3 3 t.o *es =-3 -'3 •- 5 ^ is ft* S S U— 1*— u— u— O g" •& •e-o-s^-e-s^ €€€§ >S' , S~ , S' > 6~ S ^ / .-..— ._ .«_»._._ "*^ •«->•«-*•— •*-" '** "* **"* B jo en x-v U -^ o S §§SS ^§£» o 5 &3 8 S-2-3.2-,* 3 ° p s 2 £* ena_> s ° ,2. ^ ^ is .ft* g — -© •€? s^ 1 * - ** JO ^~^ ft* gg-ee <&&<&& •** .»- ._._.._. ._.^.,^ •** ■*• * < ~' w *■» ^ *■» ^ .^J3 w jQ ^ ^ 2.5 -'5 ai Ig. w >— (ti- 1 *— 53 o C3 fi £ £.£•£-§ •3 ^ S-> 3 "~* ft* (3 4) 6 CfcH o ft* ft* g « £ B % 0J 8) qj 0> +j 3 a* ^ c 0) ..-. •-'O «^ QJ ** 2 2 2 5^-° c " •£> .„ 5 - " - <£ H^ ^ 3 c 3 _C C 0> jo ^ ft* ^ ^ ft* 3 ft* —»•*■* 3 ijyi-^ ft* •** 43 s •5 s •S"&t5 •S'-S'S' ""SSS'S S"."?^."? ■** "•* . M .^>. M .^..^.^, £ •g to d) .-; c ! - £ a •— ea rt 1 o *-* s 73 o s ft* s 5 * > « > m f5 T3 a* a* 3 O +J o •- .5 fl ^3 00 w C o 5 ° ° +i *-> +j - ,J c 3 '3, •- en .-S 33 S" o J° s S 8 jo en a* +J o ■*-> M 3 ft* g n c « e +* ._. •*-• oO J- c* 8 8 8 «--« 3 3 3 3 3 a* ft* ft* .^ cn«-> 3 — > ft* >& *S~ t3 TJ "3 ft* ft* fti t* 3 3 C .^ o S-'S. ® © ©®(© ®^)® ssss ®®®® CO t$ S3 ctua. S3 o a S fiica- o o caca S3 — ±ica.S"ij <30<3) «5 <35 en en Cn cn CS5G5 O ca. 1=1 e=L rt CO. ._ |h *-* ® w o ° s Si. w o a S's •€T ««s£> rf> cn-o ~o" ?1 51 a o ,2-a a ,ft U± tttUi cfci. ca ca S.1 ss-S •in. o u S3 e~R r €€ ««" S'S'S'S > «i=t en 5-> a> s£^ e S3 ca *£2- ia- ca "H^ ft. a- c£± J0- ia. at USX ca. o<3 ca*-t o c ^ft^S*^ +J 0) J* 3 4J Vh •^ eS hi a, cL C o C 13 3 o S3 a* o o So ^-30 S3 -^ «« S3 _ •^ o ft ft a. ®«y & © 6) ®@ t= p x> x> en ^^ o o CJ 2 g o> Q* Ol Cu CK ^l '- u o> en enen en cn O » » » » £> O en cr. «-» O J; cu .^^> I s a* en o S3 '5 2^ Sip S3 ^> 'en ti sa » *& CJ 2 es g ^ s Q> <-rS "3 5-» a *"* +2 5-> o> <«. q> £ > S s ^ -g~-£? "S" "%3 « en «-> >ajo J5 en J3^ ■s- •S* cs 3 3 *2 W J-> !-> » » o » S> 2 g *6T •** •S"*© - jS" •6" •S'-S* «o "5 s |S~ ^"."S" •S 1 •6T o o* <** JO t. 2-3 3 £ en 3 ■2 '^ oO 5_, 3 » «CJ 2 o Cm o a CD 0) 3 ^3 ?; tt='C P *- w »*"■ 5-» -S •— 3 3 - „ <-> ° >» ^ 3£ «->=>-« *-S.^ o C S » °^ ft o "* 2 si g" 3: 5 "3 1 g ■g^" "g^ *c? €6 •€? "S > ■4-> 1c (U CJ > C 5 o SI ? c o i c X cy a, a; rt O bD a o o ** o gg c *- O o c +J o •i-> — S= o ^ + J ■** "" tfc S 3 ■JO o s en CJ — , "-. — -_, ax> jo en j3s ^ a* "8" O O S S "> G CJ -_, -^, a» a> Crf w WW fc! W &S2 S9S? S^ s?s ^ 0 "3. 5 fl?2| |l JL | gB « 2 BSBBB SB S BB B %SS, Co Cw C*> d Ck> C- ■*_- . O O C' en o>o)d S3 o. £ en a* 2 o °CS a> a* a< .^ c«. .^ • »-• .— 2 2222B BB2 5 a> en ^> a> a> jO >o -O u—^ "£ *■» i-> «U E 2 2222B SS222 '%?%%> & •g'-S"^ *S" •S* "S 1 > 3-S' -S* •c-S'-a . • ? c u 3 « £ s-> « O A> *> o •- -g £ 222 2 ~ 3 3 a | 3 B 22 2 "5. S,^ 2" 2.1^ ."? 3 2ee22 ."2" 21 s / .1? ."§" ."§"."§" 6 > Is © c 3 3, S-» 5-> 5-» « w _ en a* a« a* a» »-* fiUi B 2 B £ ^£ s --3s*- a '-. - .** - - «. S — <" "£ ^ S -«2ssp 2-2 ££ S.^-s£-S-g.=i , S.S:S Bo 2B B B £ 2 g«g«o«o»« S o ?-- D o g „ ° | g. ^-.5 <-CSX2*>^' < "<"** a».S .^ O ^tj S 51 CHAPTER VI. OF THE NATURE AND FORMATION OF GER- MAN VERBS AND SUBSTANTIVES. 148. In the preceding chapter it was observed, that Ger- man verbs are divided into primitive, derivative, active, passive, neuter, reciprocal, impersonal, simple, and compound verbs. 149. Every active verb has an agent, a subject or no- minative case, with which it agrees in number and person, and an object upon which it acts, or is supposed to act, in the accusative case. Ex. 3d) liebe einen red)tftf)affenen SJttann I love an Jhonest man, id) lobe biefen auten gutften I praise this good prince. 150. Every passive verb has a subject or nominative case expressed or understood in every language ; but instead of acting, the subject of a passive verb becomes the object of the action of another. Ex. (Sin red)t[d)affener. Sfttann nurb son alien redjtfcfyaffenen Sfllannern geltebt an honest man is loved by all honest men ; btefer gucft rottb con alien f einen Untertljanen gelobt this prince is praised by all his subjects. 151. A neuter verb expresses neither action nor passion, properly speaking, but being, or a state of being without either action or passion. Ex. 3$ fd)lafe I sleep, id) ftel)e I stand, id) ft|e I am sitting. 152. Reciprocal verbs are conjugated with two pronouns of the same person; their subject and object, or nominative and accusative cases being one and the same person or thing; and in German all these verbs form their compound tenses by the assistance of the verb fcaben. Ex. @r lobt ftd) he praises himself, er f)at ftd) gelobt he has praised himself, nrir loben ung we praise ourselves, wit t)aben unS gelobt we have praised ourselves. 52 153. Impersonal verbs are those which, with more pro- priety, might be termed uni-personal verbs, forasmuch as they are never used but in the third person singular, with one of the pronouns e6 and man. Ex. @6 regnet it rains, e§ fdjnetet it snows, e§ %at gefdnriet it has snowed, e§ fyat ge? regnet it has rained. 154. To natives of England the pronouns e§ and man must necessarily present some difficulty or peculiarity, which it may not be amiss to explain. (£§ is, strictly speaking, the pronoun of the neuter gender, which answers to the English pronoun it, and therefore, like its English equiva- lent, ought to require its verb to agree with it in the sin- gular number; this, however, is not always the case, as this pronoun is frequently used with the verb in the plural number. Ex. (S3 ift ein greunb con mir he is a friend of mine, e§ waren Dtde Sftenfcfen in fccr ^Prebtgt there were many persons at the sermon. $Ran is equivalent to the French particle on, and the Italian pronoun si, either of which may be ren- dered in English by one, it, ive, you, they, people, &c, according to circumstances and the connection in which they stand. Ex. SHJan fagt (on dit, si dice), one says, it is said, people say, &c; man fyort (on entende, si ode), one hears, we hear, people hear; man fdjnjetgt (on se tait, si tace), they are silent, &c. 155. Primitive verbs are those which do not owe their origin or existence to any other verbs, while derivatives are formed from the primitives, by changing or adding a letter, and by prefixing certain particles. 156. German verbs, like the same part of speech in every language known to Europeans, owe their existence to primitive monosyllables. In German, as in English, Swedish, Danish, Dutch, Anglo-Saxon, and Icelandic, there are, pro- perly speaking, but two tenses in the indicative mood, viz. the present and the imperfect. These tenses, as well as the infinitive mood, and the present and imperfect tenses of the 53 subjunctive mood, are formed by adding certain letters to the radical monosyllable, a process which has been observed in the formation of the different moods and tenses of verbs in all languages. 157. The affinity which the German language bears to others, in the formation of its several moods and tenses, cannot, perhaps, be shown to more advantage than by com- paring its infinitive and indicative moods with the infinitive mood, and the present and imperfect tenses of the indicative mood of the Greek, Latin, Dutch, French, Italian, Portu- guese, and Spanish languages. 158. The root of the German verb loben to praise, is Sob j the root of the Greek verb Xeyeiv to say, is Xey ; the root of the Latin verb aptare to fit, is apt ; the root of the Dutch verb leiden to lead, is leid ; the root of the French verb jurer to swear, is jur ; the root of the Italian verb cantare to sing, is cant ; the root of the Portuguese verb atar to .tie, is at; the root of the Spanish verb amar to love, is am. 159. The infinitive mood of these verbs is formed by adding the terminations en/ etv, are. en, er, are, ar, ar to the radical monosyllables Sob/ Xey, apt, leid, jur, cant, at and am in the following manner : — 160. Infinitive. Roots. Term. German lob — en loben to praise. Greek Xey — eiv Xeyeiv to say. Latin apt — are aptare to Jit. Dutch leid — en leiden to lead. French jur — er jurer to swear. Italian cant — are cantare to sing. Portuguese at — ar atar to tie. Spanish am — ar amar to love. f3 54 161. Indicative Mood. Present Tense. Singular. Plural. German lob— e, ft, t en, et, en. Greek Xey — o), eiQ, ei ofiev, ere, ovai. Latin apt— o, as, at amus, atis, ant. Dutch leid — t, t en, et, en. French jur — e, es, e ons, ez, ent. Italian cant — o, i, a iamo, ate, ano. Portuguese at — o, as, a amos, ais, ao. Spanis? , am — o, as, a amos, ais, an. 16,2. Imperfect Tense. Singular. Plural. German iob- -te, teft, te ten, tet, ten. Greek £ Key — ov, eg, e o/jlsv, ere, ov. Latin apt- — abara, abas, abat abamus, abatis, aban Dutch leid — te, tet, te ten, tet, ten. French jur- — ais, ais, ait ions, iez, aient. Italian cant — ava, avi, ava avamo, avate, avano. Portuguese at— -ava, avas, ava avamos, aveis, avao. Spanish am- —aba, abas, aba abamos, abais, aban. 163. The present tense of the subjunctive mood of Ger- man regular active verbs is formed by adding e, eft, e, en, et, en to the radical monosyllable. For other particulars, as to the formation of the persons and tenses of the German verbs, see the conjugations, &c. given in the last chapter, and No. 189 of this chapter. 164. German derivative verbs are formed from the primitives, either by changing or adding some letter, or by prefixing certain particles. 165. From the primitive neuter verb bampfen to fume, smoke, steam, &c. is formed the derivative active verb bdmpfen to damp, quench, smother, extinguish, &c, by changing the vowel a in its radical monosyllable into the 55 diphthong &. From the primitive active verb bruden to squeeze, to press, &c. is formed the derivative brucfen to print, by changing the softened vowel or diphthong in the monosyllabic root brutf into the common vowel in its de- rivative. By dropping the i in the primitive irregular neuter verb liegen to lie, and by changing the same letter in the primitive irregular neuter verb ftfcen to sit, we have the de- rivative regular active verbs legen to lay, and fe£en to set. 166. The particles used in the formation of verbs are either inseparable or separable, and the verbs formed with these particles are termed either inseparable or separable compound verbs. 167. Of the verbs which are formed by the help of in- separable particles, some receive the augment Qe in their past participle, and others do not. Those which do not receive the augment are formed by means of the particles be> ent, emp/ er, gc/ t>eu/ ger, Winter/ ooll/ and voibevr and all verbs so formed have the accent on the root or monosyllable of the primitive verb. 168. Each of the particles used in the formation of German verbs has a sense or meaning of its own, which it communicates to the primitive verb, or by which the primary import of the simple verb is modified when the component particle unites with it to form a compound verb. 169. The English particle be exercises a peculiar in- fluence over the original signification of all verbs of which it is made a component part. Thus the verbs come, dabble, dash, daub tyc, are essentially different as to their meaning, from become, bedabble, bedash, bedaub, fyc. A similar change is effected in the radical sense of German simple or primitive verbs, when, by uniting with the participle be, they become compound derivatives. Thus pflctnjen/ fcfyreiben, ftebeti/ leucfyten, mean to plant, to write, to stand, to give light ; while bepflctnaen, befcfyreiben, bejrefyen/ beleudjten/ signify to plant all over, to write, or give a description, to stand the test } to give light all over. 56 170. The particle ent is equivalent to the particles ex, dis, un> out, off, in the words ex-euse, dis-charge, un-fold, fall out, fly off; and thesefore, may, in general, be said to indicate separation, and development, &c. : as, efyuento honour, entefyren to dishonour ; fatten to fold, entfalten to unfold ; fallen to fall, e-.ufallen to fall, or slip out; fasten to move, or go, in almost any way, entfafyren to fly off; fuljren to carry, guide, &c, entfufyren to carry off, to run away with, &c. 171. The particle emp> which can only be used in the formation of compound derivatives with those primitives whose first letter is \, signifies not only in and into, &c, but often gives an entirely new or a totally different meaning to the primitive. Thus fefjlen to make a mistake, fangen to catch, finben to find, by means of the prefix emp, become empfefylen to recommend, empfangen to receive, and empfinben to perceive, to be sensible of, &c. 172. In addition to the primary import of simple verbs, the particle er conveys through the medium of its compounds, the idea of acquisition, promotion, elevation, &c. Ex. ar* beiten to work, erarbeiten to gain, or obtain by working; fatten to hold, crfyalten to hold, keep up, or maintain, &c. ; tjeben to heave, erfyeben to lift up, elevate, promote ; fedjten to fight, erfed)ten to get, or to acquire by fighting. 173. By means of the particle op, the sense of the primitive verb is strengthened, enlarged, extended, and sometimes entirely changed. Thus loben, leiten/ braud)cn, l)6ren/ bteten, mean : to praise, to lead, to want, to hear, to offer ; while, geloben/ geleiten/ gebraud)en/ gefyorem Qebteten, signify : to vow, to accompany, to have in use, to belong to, to command. 174. The effect of the particle mv, on the original import of the primitive verb, i8 contrary to that of the particle er j for, while the latter denotes acquisition, promotion, or eleva- tion by persevering and repeated efforts to approach in an ascending direction, the former seems to indicate a dis- position to keep at a distance, to discourage, or lead to a 57 failure in what is undertaken. Ex. ertyeben to lift up, &c, oerfyeben to mistake in lifting ; erijatten to hold, keep up, or maintain, cerfyalten to detain, keep back, suppress ; erfaufen to buy in, to acquire by purchase ; oerfaufen to dispose of, to sell. 175. The particle $et denotes the forcible separation of the whole into its parts, and, by extension, its destruction. Ex. retj?en to tear, gerreifen to tear to pieces ; retben to rub, jerretben to rub to pieces ; legen to lay, put, place, jerlegen to dissect. 176. The particle Winter signifies, behind, after, and fre- quently expresses or implies, deceit, underhand dealing, &c. Ex. gefyen to go, fyintergefjen to walk behind, follow after, deceive, circumvent ; l;tntcrf)alten to hold, or keep back, to detain ; tytntertretben to turn out of its course, to prevent. 177. The particles soil and wt&er denote, abundance, completion or perfection, and opposition. Ex. brtngen to bring, ooUbringcn to finish, to bring to a termination ; macben to make, ooUmadjen to make complete; fedjten to fight, tt>iber= fcdjtcn to combat, fight against, oppose, &c. 178. Compound verbs, which have the accent on the component particle, such as red)tferttgen to justify, antroortcn to answer, friU)jtucfen to breakfast, liebfofen to caress, roetgs fagen to prophesy, urtfyeiten to judge, mutymajjen to suppose, &c, form their past participle by prefixing the augment ge: as, geredjtferttget/ gectntroortet/ gefrufyftutfet/ gcUebfofet/ gewet§fagt# geurtfyetlt/ gemutfymafjet/ &c. 179. A few compound verbs, formed with the particle mtjj/ sometimes receive the augment ge at the beginning of the past participle, sometimes in the middle, and sometimes not at all. SDWfadjten to depreciate, mifsbtlttgen to disapprove, mifbraudjen to abuse, mifsbeuten to misinterpret, mifjgonnen to envy, miffennen to mistake, and mijjfyanbeln to ill treat, make in the past participle and infinitive mood, gemtfadjtet/ ju mt^ad)ten j gemipbtUtget, §u mifJbtUtgen 3 gemitsbraucfyt, ju miffe 58 Maufyen 5 gemifjbeutet/ gu mifjbeuten 5 gemifjg6nnt/ gu mij3g6nnen $ gemifjfctnnt/ gu mtf lennen $ gemtf$fyanbelt/ gu mifjfyanbeln. 180. The two neuter verbs, mifglucfen and mifiarten/ receive ge and gu in the middle of the word : as, mifguglucfen to succeed ill, mifjgegtucrt 5 mifjguarten to degenerate, mt|3geartet. 181 . SfttffaUen to displease, nrifjltngen and mtfirattjen to fail, miscarry, or succeed ill, do not receive the particle gc. Ex. (5g tyat mtc mtfjfatlen it has displeased me, e§ fyat tt)m nuf$= lungen or mijjrcttfyen it has failed him. 182. The particles used in forming the separable com- pound verbs are, ab off, from, down ; an at, on, up, upon ; auf up, upwards, open; ctug out, abroad, forth; bet by, near ; bar there, forth ; empor on high, up, upwards, aloft ; fefyt denotes failure in any sort of undertaking, effort, or endeavour ; it is frequently equivalent to the English com- ponent particle mis, sometimes to the verb miss, and occa- sionally to the adverbs wrong, amiss, &c; loS is used to indicate freedom ; nut with, in company with, along with ; nad) resemblance, imitation ; nteber motion, direction, or position, downward, nether ; ob height, elevation, as above, over ; cor before, to, forwards, in the presence of, &c. ; roeg departure, distance, separation ; rootyl goodness, or perfectness, applied to any state, act, or enterprise, either in a moral or physical point of view, well ; gu connection, approach, addition, motion forwards, onwards, &c. ; etn restraint; fort forward, forth, motion hence, in a straight- forward or other direction ; fur intercession, &c. ; t)tn hence, away from this place, &c; gleid) equality; inne within ; roafyr consciousness, perception ; ttrieber repetition. Ex. abslegen to pull, or take off, to put, or lay aside, to put down ; abslernen to learn from ; an=bl6fen to bleat, or low at ; an* bltngen to leer upon ; an=brennen to set on fire ; an=gefyen to go, or make up to ; ansftetitern to paste up ; ctuf=acfern to plough up ; aufsbauen to build, or raise up ; auf=fafy ren to drive upwards ; aufcbrecfycn to break open ; auSsarbetten to work out ; augsgefyen to go out, or abroad ; einen 93efef)l auS= 59 taffcn to issue, or send forth an order ; beUbrtngen to bring by. or near ; bar=reid;en to reach forth ; baiHtrecfen to stretch forth; bar^fteUen to place there, to exhibit, to expose, to bring forth ; emporsbringen to bring up, upwards, aloft, to raise on high, &c; empor^elfen to help up; empor=fommen to get up, to rise ; empor=ftreben to soar up ; ferjl=gmfen to mistake ; fe^Mdjtcf en to miss the mark ; fet)Ufdjreiben to write wrong; fefylsfdfotogen to miss one's blow; fefyUgielen to aim amiss ; mtr=geben to give along with ; mtt=ger;en to go along with, in company with, to accompany; mitsfpielen to play with ; nad)=mad)en to counterfeit, to imitate ; nad)sftre6en to endeavour to imitate ; nad)=(pred)en to repeat another's words ; nteber=legen to put, or lay down ; fid) meberslegen to lie down, to go to bed ; meber=Jd)tefen to precipitate, to hurry or tumble down, to shoot down, to destroy by cannon-shots ; nieber=fat)ren to ride, or drive down ; ob4iegen to lie over, or upon, to be incumbent upon one ; ob~tt>alten to be imminent, to impend, or hang over ; oorsnerjmen to put before ; oor= pfeifen to whistle to ; corsprebigen to preach to, or in the presence of; oor^rucfen to march on, to move forwards ; i?or=fd)reiben to write before, or in the presence of, to set a copy ; tt?eg=fctUen to fall away ; tt>eg=gef)en to depart, go hence, or away ; roegsretjjen to tear away, to snatch from, to break off, to pull down; wegsretfen to set out on a journey ; roorjU gefyen to go on, or fare well ; roor;Utf)un to do well ; wofyUfepn to be in good health ; tt>cf)l=meinen to mean well ; jiisfallen to shut of itself, to fall to ; jusfafyten to ride towards, to fall or rush in upon, to run upon rashly ; gu=eilen to hasten to ; 5U=fItegen to fly to, or towards ; ju^ugen to join to ; etn-rjalten to hold in, stop, check ; fortsgefyen to go forth, to go away, to proceed ; fortsfommen to get forward ; fortsfafyren to drive on; fut=fpred)en to intercede for, to speak in favour of; fyin^ gefyen to go hence ; i)tn=fat)rcn to drive or carry off ; t)imftnf en to sink down ; Ijtnstaufen to run off, or away ; gteid)=gelten to be equivalent, or equal to ; inne;tt>erben to perceive ; ft'd) inne4)atten to keep at home, within doors ; inne^aben to have 60 within, to be possessed of; st>al)v=nef)men to perceive ; uneber- fyaken to have again ; n;ieber=bauen to rebuild. 183. In the present and imperfect tense of the indicative mood, and in the imperative, the foregoing verbs are se- parated from their component particles. Ex. 3d) lege ah, bu legjt ah, er legte ah j lege ah, teget ah 5 er legte fctne ©telle ah he gave up bis place, er fy&rte S" fpredien auf he left off speaking, er gog fid) in meiner ©egenwort au§ he took off his clothes in my presence, er rietb, ben SRomern af>/ griebe gu mad)en he advised the Romans to make peace, er fprad) fet)r eifrig fur ifyn he spoke very warmly in his favour. 184. In the subjunctive mood these particles are never separated from the verb. Ex. ba$ id) ablege/ baf er anrufe/ bafj fie er^teltett/ ba$ er furfpred)e, bap er anl)6re. 185. In the past participle of these compound verbs the component particle precedes the augment ge 3 and in the in- finitive mood the preposition ju is invariably placed between the component particle and the primitive or simple verb. Ex. empor*ge=fommen, bei=ge=ftanben/ bar*gestfyan $ empor^u4om= men/ bet^u=ftel)en, bar=ju=tl)un/ ab=ju-legen/ nadjsjusmacfyem roafyvs gu=nel)men. 186. Compound verbs, formed with the prepositions burdv fiber/ urn, Winter/ and untet'/ are sometimes separable and sometimes inseparable. They are separable when used as neuter verbs, having the principal accent on the component particle; and inseparable, when they are active, and conse- quently require an accusative case after them. 3>d) bred)e burclv id) fatjve fiber/ id) getje um, it gel)t Winter/ id) Ijalte unter ; are instances of the former; while, id) burd)bred)e/ id) fibers fafyre/ id) umgelje/ er rjintergefyt/ id) unter^alte* are examples of the latter. The past participles of these separable com= pounds are, burd)?ge?brod)en/ uber=ge=fal)ren/ um;gc=gangen/ unter- Qe^altem and of the inseparable, burd)=brod)en/ fiber=fal)ren/ um=gangen/ Ijintersgangen/ unter4)alten. 187. It has already been shown (vide No. 158, &c.) that the several moods, tenses, and persons of German verbs are 61 formed by adding certain letters to primitive monosyllables. On reference to the conjugation of the regular active verb Ueben (No. 143) it will be seen that the letters used for this purpose are, for the termination of infinitives, en 5 of the se- veral persons singular and plural of the present tense of the indicative, e, ff/ 1 } en/ et/ en} of the imperfect tense of the same mood, te, tefr, re} ten/ let/ ten} of the present tense of the subjunctive mood, e, eft/ e} en/ et/ en} of the imperfect tense of the same mood, etc/ etejt/ ete 5 eten/ etef/ tteni of the imperative, e and et} of the present participle, cnb 5 and of the past participle, ge/ as a prefix, and t, as a postfix. 188. With the exception of rotffen, rooUem muffem fein/ bur* fen/ and fonnen/ which make, id) roetj?/ id) milt/ id) rauf, id) bin/ id) barf/ id) fanm the three persons singular and plural, of irregular verbs, in the present tense of the indicative mood, have the termination or final letters of regular verbs. Ex. 3d) fefye/ bu fte^jt/ er ftefyt; roir feijen/ tfyr fetjet, ft'e fefjen. 189. The first and third person singular of the imperfect tense of the indicative and subjunctive moods are alike. Ex. 3d) fat)/ bu \ai)\t, er (at); rear fatjen/ tfyr [afyef, fte fafyen. 3d) fafye/ bu fa^ejt/ er fafye} roir farjen/ it)r fdt)et/ ft'e fdtjen. 190. Many imperatives are used either with or without the final e. Ex. @d)tt>etge or fdjroetg be silent, ftetje or ftet) look, fXietje or flief) fly. 191. By referring to the several conjugations of verbs, given in the preceding chapter, it will be seen that German verbs have two participles, the present and the past; the former, however, is nearly obsolete. Instead of this, it is better, as well as more elegant, to use the verb, with one of the particles tnbem/ roatjrenb/ ba t &c. Ex. 3nbem er fd)reibt tt>at)renb er fd)reibt/ ba er fdjretbt; or, in ber $tit, al§ er fd)reibt/ while he writes, or, is writing, instead of fd)reibenb/ which would be improper; a(6 id) geftern fpa^ieren Qtng as I was go- ing to take a walk yesterday. Where this participle is used, it ought to be looked upon rather as an adverb than as a G 62 participle. Ex. (§r antwortete mtr ladjenb he answered me laughing, er fcarb fpredjenb he died speaking. 192. The present participles are sometimes converted into substantives, by adding er to their termination: as, Itebenb loving, em £tebenbcr a lover ; fterbcnb dying, etn ©ters benber a dying man. 193. Both the present and past participle may be used adjectively, and made to agree with substantives in gender, number and case. Ex. Gstn rctsenbeS SER&bdjen/ etn geretgter *k>rn, etne Icurelnbe SKiene/ &c, from reijenb* geret 5 t, l&djclftb. 194. The examples which follow may enable beginners more fully to understand the nature and use of the present participle in German: ctn t>or <2>d)merjen jrerbenber SSater a father dying of grief; etne am £au(e uorbetgebjenbc Sautter a mother passing by the house; em t>or grcube t}upfenbe§ ^tnb a child jumping for joy; etn feine Jvtnber liebenber Stater a father who loves his children; etne itjre £tnber liebenbe SDiutrer a mother who loves her children ; ein (eine ©Item efyrenbes .fttnb a child that reveres its parents ; bie unS brotjenbe ©efafyr the danger which threatens us ; ber lommcn follenbe greunb the friend that ought to come; tk gu bejatjtenbe <£d)Ulb the debt which ought to be paid; $>a$ erfte oorbetge'oenbe JSinb the first child that goes by ; etne »or 2Ctlem ju gebraucknbe SSorftdjt a precaution which above all things must be taken ; al§ SSoltatre in ^preufen roar, retfte etn ©nglanber bttrdi, ber etn aujjerorbentlter) ftarfeg ©ebaditntjj fyatte when Voltaire was in Prussia, an Englishman who had an extraordinary memory travelled through ; alg £6ntg £einrtd) VIII. con (Snglanb mil £6ntg granj I- »°n granfretd) ©tretttgfeiten ^atte# wollte ec tym etnen ©efanbten fdjttfen Henry VIII., king of England, being at variance with Francis I., king of France, resolved to send him an ambassador ; al§ Subrotg XI. nod) 25aupt)tn war, bradjte er etnt'ge -kit in SSurgunb su, urn fid) gegen bie SSerfolgungen feineS SSaterS, beg £6nig3, in ©tcbertyett u fe£en Lewis XL, while Dauphin, spent some time in Burgundy, to avoid the per- secutions of his father, the king. 63 195. The substantive or noun is a word which serves to name persons or things. German substantives are either primitives or derivatives. The great body of Ger- man primitive substantives are monosyllables: as, S&tonn man, §Skib woman, jCinD child, "Baum tree, SSrob bread, SSruft breast, S3ud) book, &c. 196. The derivatives are formed variously. The infini- tive of every German verb may be used as a substantive of the neuter gender in the singular number only. Ex. ba$ (55eijen/ ba€ Saufen, ba$ SSilbeti/ ba$ 3eid)neii/ walking, running, forming, polishing, drawing; from gefyen to go or walk, laufen to run, bitben to form, cultivate, polish, &c, geidjnen to draw. 197. Many substantives are formed from the infinitive mood of verbs, by suppressing the termination en, and changing the radical syllable. Ex. bee (Smpfang the recep- tion, ber ftctuf the course, race, bet ©dtfeto, the blow, bet 2£urf the throw, bet SSranb the fire, ber ®ang the walk, ber ed)fet correspondence, ber Sffiedjfelbrief bill of exchange; ba§ SRat^auS senate-house, town house, ber £au$rati) house furniture ; DelfaS the oil barrel ; bie ©ewSrjs bud)fen spice boxes. 200. Many substantives are formed from verbs and sub- 64 stantives by softening the vowels a, o, u, and adding the termination er. Ex. ©drtner gardener, ©urtler belt maker, ©d)dfer shepherd, effen, fpielen/ ©nglanb. 201. Many substantives are formed by adding the termi- nation ei or et) to different verbs and substantives. Ex. 83acferei baking establishment, gifdjewi fishery, 9]Ralerei paint- ing, SStlbfyaueret sculpture, Surfet Turkey, ©d)meid)elei flattery, &c., from ©defer, gifd)er, Scaler, ffitlbfyauer, Surf, fdjmetdjcln. 202. Many substantives are formed from adjectives and substantives by adding t)ett, lett, and igleit to them. Ex. §lad$cit, SDlattfeett lassitude, ©ummfyeit stupidity, $piumpt)ett heaviness, grommiglett piety, Sffiafyrbaftigfeit veracity, ®ott= loftgleit impiety, (Sfyrloftgfett dishonour, ad)famtat vigilance, from fladv matt/ bumm, plump, fromm, roafyrtyaft, gottlog, efyvlog, fd)6n/ fret, roeife, fyeiter, flug, wacbfam. 203. Many substantives are formed by adding the par- ticles ling/ mfj, fal/ fct;aft# tfyum, and ung to other words. Ex. ber glud)tsling/ ber v£dnf4ing, ber #6fsltng, ber Sideling, ber jDtdjtersltng, ber £)dun;=ltng, ber $dufr4ing, ber gulling/ bee sftejr=iing, ber ^feffevsling, ber ©doling/ ber Sffieltatng, ber 2Cn!6min=;ing, ber 2tnfd)ieb=ling, ber ginb4ing, ber ©dugsltng, ber ©onbersltng, ber Sdufcting, ber £)umm4ing, ber @rft4ing, ber grembsltng, ber gromm-ling, ber 2ung=Iing, ber ^lug4ing, ber 2ieb4tng, ber 9ceu4ing, ber @d)6nsling/ ber ©p&tsling, ber ©fifsltng, ber SBBeidjsiirig, ber £ier4ing, ber 3n?tUling/ from tie glud)t, ber £anf, ber £of, bag Satyr, ber S)id)ter, ber 2>aum, bie gaujt, ber gu£, bag 9fceft/ ber ^feffer, ber ©d)of, bie SBSclt, anfommen, anfd)ieben, finbeti/ fdugen, fonbern, taufen, bumm/ erjr, fremb, fromm, jung, flug/ lieb, neu, fd)bn, fpdt, fonber, fup, roeici), 3ier, jroet. — 2)ie SSetrfibsnifj, bie S3ilb=ni|j, bie gatyr^nip, bie Sffiilbs nif, bie ginfteivnip, bag @ebdd)t=nif, bag @ejtdnb=mfj, bag @efdng= 65 ni|3/ tie (Silaubsmfj, from betruben, S3ilb/ gafjr, nrilb/ ftnftet/ gebad[)t, gejknb/ gefangeit/ erlauben. — 25ie £)rang~[a(/ bag Sab^'al/ bag @d)eu4at, bag @d)tc!s[al/ from ©uang/ labeiw fd)euen/ fd)icfen. — getnb=[d)aft, greunb=[d)ait, 33efanntubenstt)um, bag ^erjog^um/ 33tfd)ofst&u«i/ Stetftstyum/ 2ttter=t£)um/ from bk <5§rijien/ bte gurften/ bie $etbem bt'e 3uberi/^)er5og/ S5ifd)of> reidft/2Cltet. — Die SBalb^ung/ bte geft^ung, bie ^olj^ung/ bie Sfyeur^ung/ bie 2Cufmunter=ung/ bte 'Srot^ung, bk £offn=ung, from 53alb/ feft, bag £ol§, tf)euer, aufmuntern/ broken/ boffen. 204. Many substantives are formed by prefixing the particles after, ei> be/ er/ ge, mi$, and un. Ex. ber 2Cfter-papjr/ bet 2Cfter^!6ntg/ ber 2Cfter=topafe/ ber 2Cfter*?enner/ ber 2lftevs geletjrte/ from 9)apft/ ^ontg; Sopag/ tenner/ ©elefyrte. — (£rs* btfdfoof/ Srgsengel/ (Sr^tyvfrOQ, (gq^bteb/ (Srjsbetruger, ©rjslfignec/ ber 23es[ud)/ ber (Sr^folg/ bag ©ebdcB/ from SBifcfyof, @ngel/ £eqog/ £)ieb/ SSetruger, Sugner/ fudjerw folgen/ bacfen. — Dag ©esbdl!/ bag ©c=baube/ bag ©esbicg* bag ©e*bu[d)/ bag ©esbartE/ bag ©esrippe, bag ©e4d)ret/ bag ©esjtirn, bte @e^d)ttriftet/ bag ©e^rootf/ bag ©esro&ffer, bag ©emitter/ bag ©eswuwi/ bag ©e^bell/ bag @e*bettel/ bag ©e?bid)t/ bag ©eslacfo bag ©e-tddjter/ bag ©e4aufe/ bag ©e? taut; bag ©e-leit, bag ©e^plaubeo from ber Salfen/ ber 25au/ ber Serg, berJSufd?/ ber ©arm, bie gttppe, ber (Secret/ ber Stern/ bie ©dwefter/ bie SSSolfe, bag Staffer, bag SBetter, ber 2Burm/ beUen/ betteln, bid)ten, ladjen, laufen, Iduten/ leiten/ ptaubern. — £)er ^iHraud), bag SDHfcbraudjen, bag Sftijjsbeuten/ bk Sfltifcbeutung/ from ber SSraua> braucben, beuten. — Sag Un=glucf/ bag Un-fraut/ from bag ©lutf/ bag £rauu. 205. Many hundreds of other substantives are formed by prefixing the particles auf, aug/ be/ bei/ burdj, ein/ ent/ er/ gegen/ t)er, tyerab, tjeraug/ tjerum/ f)in/ §inaug/ Winter/ ijinjit/ mtt, nad), nebert/ neu/ nid)t/ nteber/ ober, xM f uber, urn/ un/ unter/ doc- g 3 66 uorber, vootyi gar, 511, gurutf, jufamn.en, gmei, jmifdjen, for which beginners should refer to a good dictionary. 206. Compound substantives take their gender from the last word of the composition. Ex. Me £augarbeit, bag 2Crbeitgt)aug $ ber #augratfy, bag afat^aug. 207. The names of rivers which end in r, 1/ tij the names of trees, formed with SSaum $ the names of mountains, winds, seasons, months, and days; the names which denote the callings, professions and dignities of men, and those ending in el, er, en/ and ling, in general are of the masculine gender. Ex. ber Sftecrar, ber Sftijein, bee 9ttl 5 ber ttpfelbaum, ber getgenbaum 5 ber 23efuo, ber 2fetno 5 ber %t$$X)x. (2Bejfrt>inb), ber Sftorbnnnb j ber grunting/ ber (Sommer 5 ber Sanuar ift biefeg Satyr fd)6n 5 ber Sienftag roirb nid)t fo fd£)6n werben alg ber SOfontag war 5 ber ©djneiber/ ber fiofygerber, ber 23aron (greifyerr), ber ©raf, ber Sempel, ber Soffel/ ber £)id)ter, ber @d)dfer, ber £)egen, ber SCRagen. 208. £ie fieier, tag ^effer/ bag ©drtd)en, bag £augd)en, bag (Sfi"en, bag Srinfen, and all infinitives of verbs used as sub- stantives with the neuter article bag, form an exception to the preceding general rule. 209. The names of countries, which end in et and au j the names of rivers, which end in a, cut, ne, g, and re 5 the names of trees, which end in e 5 the names which denote the calling or dignity of women, as well as common names in ei or er;, fyeit, fett, fd)aft, ung, inn, or ifj, in general are of the feminine gender. Ex. tie Surtei, tie SOSalladjei, bie sjJcolbau 5 bie Seine, bie SDcaag/ bie Soire 5 bk Sanne, bk 23irle, bie Gsicfye 5 bk Sftdfytertnn, bk 2(mme $ bie #ersoginn, bie ^urfur^ ftinn 5 bie ©d)tneid)elct, bk 23dcferei$ bk ©dionfyeit, bk greunb* fd)aft 5 bk (Sitelf ett, bie @e[eU(d)aft 5 bie (Sinigfeit, bie (Srlaubnrp 5 bie £offnung, bie Sfyeuiung 5 bie greunbinn, bie SSacferinn. 210. Sag <5i, ber SSrei, bag ©efdjrei, bag 23ert)dltnij*, bag 2$ermdd)tni£, bas 23unbnifj, ber £>ung, ber @d)aft, and ber ©if, form an exception to the preceding general rule. 67 211. The names of countries not comprehended in the foregoing rules; the names of colours and metals; those which end in um> and some of those in tp j all adjectives, pronouns, verbs, and prepositions used as substantives, and all diminutives in d)en and lein, are of the neuter gender. Ex. bag fd)6ne granftetd), bag glficfltdje £>eutfd)tanb/ bag retire (Snglanb j bag ©d)n?arse, bag SKotfye, bag ©raue 5 bag SSkt/ bag (Sifen, bag ^upfer 5 bag ^eraogtfyum, bag (Stgentf)um$ bag (Scheme, bag ©ute, bag 9?u§licbe$ bag SKein, bag JDein/ bag S*i bag (Sffen, bag Srtnfen, bag ttufftefyen, bag if)in« unb ^ergefjen, bag @et)en, bag Sfaiten, bag gat)rcrt/ bag ©ptelen 5 bag ©drtdjen, bag £dug* d)en/ bag 33ud)letn, bag ^inbletn. 212. Diminutive substantives, of which there are but few traces in the English language, besides mannikin, a little man, and lambkin, a little lamb, are very numerous in German and Italian. In both of these languages they are formed by certain terminations which diminish the signifi- cation of words, but add to their respective vocabularies a great number of significant and tender expressions. 213. The terminations used in the formation of German diminutives are djen and lein. The vowels a, 0, and u, in the radical syllable, are changed into the diphthongs or softened vowels 6/ 6/ and u, in the formation of diminutives. When the radical word ends in e, this final letter is dropped, and when the final is d), eldjen or lein is added, to form the dimi- nutive. Ex. bag £erjd)en little heart, bag #unbd)en little dog, bag Mfcdjen little cat, bag SBubdjen little boy, bag £dgd)en little hare, ba^ S3ud)eld)en, bag Sud)lein little book, tie £duferd)en little houses, bie ©tdgcr>en little glasses, bag SQRanntein the little man, ba^ SKktbletn the little woman ; from bag $er^ ber #unb/ bie .Ka^e, ber 83ube, ber £afc, bag 33ud), bte #dufer, bie @ld(er/ ber 9ttann, bag SSSeib. 214. Feminine substantives are formed from the mascu- line by the addition of inn to the masculine termination ; and it frequently happens that the vowels a, 0, and u, are changed into d, 6/ and u in the formation of feminine 68 substantives, and sometimes the final e of the masculine sub- stantive is dropped. Ex. £5te $la&)bavz\nn, tie ©djdferstnn/ tie SSurgersinn; tie 2Cmetifaner*inn, tie £dntler=tmi/ tie ^aufmanns inn/ tie Rbfyinn, tie ®btui\m, tie ^erjog^inn/ tie $ofmeijrer4mi/ tie £)tener4nn, tie 9cdfyterstnn/ tie ©riecfyann, tie Surtsinn/ tie 2tmtmann=tnn, tie Sutsinn/ tie SKSolfctnn/ tie #ebtiff4nn/ tie Wlofa inn, tie 23erratf)er4nn/ tie &rinfer4nn/ tie 35teb=inn/ tie ©finber* inn, tie S^dcfyersinn/ tie ,Rldger4nn/ tie S3ertdufer4ntt/ tie (gangers inn/ tie Sagersinn/ tie Zan%ex4nn, tie ©d)aufpieler4nn/ tie 2Ctis {Iagemnn/ tie SBotylttydtersinn/ tie $>rtorsinn/ tie SSorftetjer^inn/ tie SSarcnstnn, tie SSduemnn, tie @uropder=inn/ tie ©efanbt=inn/ tie £6ro4nn/ tie #eib4nn, from ter 9ftad)bar/ tec ©d)dfer/ ter SBttrger, ter ttmeritaner/ ter #dntler/ ter ^aufmann/ ter Rod), ©ott/ ter ^ergog/ ter Jtonig, ter #ofmeijrer/ ter Stener/ ter ©ctyneiber/ ter ©ried)e/ ter Sur!e, ter 2Cmtmann/ ter Sube/ ter SSSolf/ ter TLbt, ter sBlofyv, ter Serrat^er, ter Srinfer/ ter &kb, ter ©unber/ ter Sftdd)er/ ter stager/ ter SSertdufei'/ ter ©anger/ ter Sdger/ ter Sanger/ ter ©d)au[pieler/ ter 2Cnltdger/ ter 28of)ltf)dter, ter $>rtor/ ber SSorftefyer, ter 23aron/ ter Sauer/ ter (Suropaer/ ter ©efanbte/ ter fibrae/ ter .pette. 215. Some feminine substantives are distinguished from the masculine irregularly. Ex. Male. ter 9Jiann man ter @reig the old man ter £>i)eim the uncle ter ifaffe the nephew ter ©ofyn the son ter Sruter brother ter Setter cousin £et)rjunge apprentice ter £irfd) tag s Pferb, ter £engjr ter (Sbeivbag ©djrr-ein ter nulbe Qjber ter SBtbber Female. bag iSStib, tie grau woman tie 2Ctte the old woman tie s JKuf)ine the aunt tie 9?id)te the niece tie Socfyter the daughter tie ©dnr-efter tie S3afe cousin Sefyrmdbcben tie ^)irfd)lub tie ©tute ta§ 3ud;:fd}ttxin tag 53rad^e tag ©cbaf 69 Male. ber ©tier^ ber £>d)6 ber 25cc? ber 3W)bocl ber <%>ai>n bcr Center ((Snterid)) ber $ud)S ber ©anter ber £unb bee Jtater ber SEauber ber Sffiolf Female, bie £uf) bte Siege bie Sftefyjtege bte #enne/ bag £ufyn bte 2Cente (@nte) bte gud)ftnn bte ©ang bte £unbtnn bte £a£e bte Saube bte SKSolfinn. 216. Some substantives have the same termination in the feminine as in the masculine Gender. Ex. ber, bit Untergebene j ber, bte Sftunbigej ber/ bte #bgefanbte$ ber/ tie £etltge; ber/ bit 2(noern)anbte. 70 SECOND PART. CHAPTER I. SYNTAX, OR CONSTRUCTION. 217. The position of words, in oral or written language, is determined by certain rules, which constitute syntax or the theory of construction. These rules show how the governing and the governed parts of speech require to be joined together, in order to form propositions, and to express thoughts and ideas with clearness, precision, and idiomatic propriety. 218. That word, in a sentence, which is made the motive or cause of the modification and form of another, is termed the governing word, and the word modified in any way by the governing word is said to be governed by it. In this sentence, for instance, the father of this child, ber 23ater btefeS £tnbe3/ father is the motive or cause why child, in German, should be put in the genitive case, and why in Eng- lish, "this child" should be preceded by the preposition of which is one of the English signs of the genitive or pos- sessive case. 219. The governing words, or the words to which govern- ment belongs, may be divided into substantives, adjectives, verbs, and prepositions. 220. When several substantives are regularly connected in German, they are either all put in the same case, or they receive different inflections. When two or or more sub- stantives agree with, or refer to, a principal or leading substantive as its attribute, they are put in the case of the 71 principal substantive. Ex. 3fom rourbe Don SSrennug, btm 2Cn- fufyrer ber ©allter, Magevt Rome was besieged by Brennus the chief the Gauls; bte (Sfyre gcbufyrt metnem greunbe/ etnem braoen Sparine this honour is due to my friend, who is a brave man ; Wlipp ber @d)6ne/ £6ntg Don granh'eidj/ war mit bem ^)abjr SBomfactug bem 2Cd)ten in Uneimgfetten geratfyen Philip the Fair, King- of France, was involved in a quarrel with Pope Boni- face the Eighth ; ber $aifer (Sonrab bee £>rttte belagerte 2Belfen, jper^og Don S3atern, in SG^etngberg the Emperor Conrad the Third besieged Welf, Duke of Bavaria, in Weinsberg ; ber @ot}n (beg) peters beg ©rofjen the son of Peter the Great. 221. The Germans often put in the same case two sub- stantives, which in most other languages of Europe, are put in different cases. Ex. ©in ©ertd)t gifdje a dish of fish, etne Sftenge Seute a number of persons, &c, cm (Stud SSrob a piece of bread, etn ©lag 2Sein a glass of wine, jroet ©Hen Sud) two ells of cloth, etn guber £ol§ a load of wood,, &c. 222. When two substantives present objects of various import, they are put in different cases in German. Ex. Sag £>aug trtetneg SSatcrg/ or, which is better, metneg SSaterg 4?au§ my father's house; ber S8eft$er bie(eS Sanbguteg the possessor of this estate, &c. 223. When proper names of countries, provinces, &c. occur, it is better to use the preposition con* than the geni- tive case. Ex. £>er Gsfyurffirjt oon Saiern the Elector of Ba- varia j an ten ©rdngen Don ©efterretd) on the confines of Austria; ber £err Don Sbwenaug the Lord of Loewenaug. 224. Substantives which denote country, race, age, rank, or condition, &c, are commonly used with the preposition oori/ though they are frequently put in the genitive. Ex. (Sr ijt fetner ©eburt etn SDeutfdicr he is a native of Germany; tm je^nien Safyre fetneg 2Clterg in the tenth year of his age ; feineg £anbtrertg etn ©d)neiber a tailor by trade, &c; instead of, er tjt Don ©eburt etn Seutfdjer. 225. The governed substantive often precedes the sub- stantive which governs it. Ex. ®eg £>aterg SBiltc the father's 72 will; beg Jtomgg Staaf en the king's estates; beg #elben gofyn the hero's reward. 226. In many instances instead of the substantive, the infinitive of the verb signifying the same thing, with the preposition ju, is used. Ex. tie £unjt $u leben, instead of bie £unft beg Sebeng the art of living ; bie gfurdjt 311 ftevben the fear of dying; bie Sftetguna, ju fdjlafen the desire of sleep; bie 4?offnung 311 gelingen the hope of success. 227. Adjectives sometimes govern the case of substan- tives, and sometimes the infinitive mood of verbs. 228. SBcbficfttg/ befugt, benbtijigr, be\v\\$t, etngebenf, fdtjtg/ frot)/ gewafyr, gen?if/ gercofynt/ lunbig/ leg, mdd)tig, miibe, (att, fd}ulbtg, tt;eilt>aft/ uberbruJTtg, unfdfytg, unrourbtg, cei'bacbtig/ uoll/ mertl)/ and rcucbig/ govern the genitive case of substantives. Ex. (§r ift fetner Unfdulb beroufjt he is conscious of his inno- cence; bcr t>dterlid;en £et)ren etngebenE mindful of paternal admonitions ; jeber Sugenb fdt)tg/ capable of every virtue ; beg Sebeng fatt unb uberbrufftg weary and sick of life ; beg £>teb|bt)lg ^erbdd)tig suspected of theft; bee SSelotjnung un= irurbig unworthy of reward. 229. TCefynlidv angenetjm, bcEannt, bequem, bange/ befdwerlidv teutltdv bienltd> btenftbat/ bunfel, eripriefjlid), erroun[d;t, gefdfyriid), gefjorfam/ geneigt, geroogen, g(eid)/ gut, tjeilfam, leicfyr, lieb/ naa> tl)etlig, na^e/ notfyig, nu§lidv fcfyablid), and fd)U?er, require the dative. Ex. (Sr ift [einem SSatec dfynltd) he is like his father ; eg ift mix angenefym, lieb, befannt, &c, it is agreeable, dear, known, &c, to me ; er ift fetnen &3orge(e£ten gefyoufam he is obedient to his superiors ; beu guvjr ill u)m getcogen the prince is kind to him ; biep ijr it)m fd)dbtid) this is injurious to him. 230. £)tcf, t)od)/ roeit, breit, lang, ttef/ alt, reid), grofj, fdwer, n>ert§/ &c, which express or imply measure, weight, age, &c, determined by a number, require the accusative. Ex. $roet *k>ll bid: two inches thick, bret guf? breic three feet broad, breifng Satjre alt thirty years old, SJUUtonen retd) possessed of millions, jroanjig ©ulfcen mxtfy worth twenty florins, jetjn *Pfunb fdjwer ten pounds weight. 73 231. Adjectives which indicate 'possibility, facility, diffi- culty, necessity, duty, or desire: such as, mSgltd)/ leidjt/ fd;wet> not&iDcnbtg/ fd)ulbtg/ begierig/ &c, require or govern the next verb in the infinitive mood. Ex. ni&gltd) ju glau&en possible to be believed ; letcfrt gu ertctngen easy to obtain ; \d)\vet ju erjafyen difficult to relate ; fdjulbig ju beja^lcn having to pay ; 6egtertg §u erfafyren desirous of knowing. CHAPTER II. OF THE GOVERNMENT OF GERMAN VERBS. 232. The verbs in all languages have hitherto formed the most embarrassing and difficult part of speech. To enumerate one by one all the minute observations which grammarians usually make on this subject, and with which they are accustomed to fill whole volumes, would be incom- patible with the intention of this work. The author will, therefore, on the present occasion, content himself with pointing out these things which ought principally to occupy the attention of natives of England beginning to learn German, carefully avoiding to confuse them with the other and less important niceties of grammar. 233. In general the tenses of verbs are used in German as in English. Ex. SBafyrenb er fd)rieb while he was writing ; er gtng getfern fpafcteren he went yesterday to take a walk ; ec tvat ooc mefyreren 3at)ren in SStcn he was in Vienna several years ago ; er fytett nie fein 28ort he never kept his word. 234. The Germans agree generally with the English in the use of the indicative and subjunctive moods, the sense requiring, in both languages, the indicative where the verb denotes any thing that is determined and certain, and the subjunctive where any thing contingent or doubtful is ex- pressed. Ex. It is certain that he has said it e$ tjt geroijj/ baf er eg ge(agt t)at j it is not certain that he may come e6 ift nidjt gewif/ baS er fomme. H 74 235. When several verbs occur in the same tense, the auxiliary verbs are not repeated, but placed alone at the end of the sentence. Ex. weld)e§ er ntd)t btofr gefagt, fonbern aud) gefd)rieben t)at which he has not only said, but also written ; !£d)6nfyetten/ tie nid;t gu befcfyretben/ fonbern nut ju fut)ten ftnb beauties which are not to be described but felt. 236. S5uffen/ tonnen/ laffen, m5gen, mufen, fallen/ werben/ U)ollen, and all verbs in general which serve principally to limit the tenses and moods of other verbs, govern the infi- nitive. Ex. ntd)t tfyun burfen not to have permission to do ; nid)t fd)lafen Connen not to be able to sleep ; fid) mad)en laffen to have made ; er mag fagen, mas er will he may say what he pleases ; er mujj fommen he must come ; er roill ntd)t$ tljun he will do nothing ; er tjtejj if)n btnben he ordered him to be bound ; er t)alf itym arbeiten he helped him to work ; er f)6rte mid) reben he heard me talk ; er lefyrte ibn fdjreiben he taught him to write ; id) fa!) ibn fommen I saw him come ; id) fufyle meinc .ftrafte abnefymen I feel my strength diminish ; er fant ttm fd)lafen he found him asleep ; id) fanb itjn auf ber (Srbe liegen I found him lying on the ground. 237. $ei£en/ fyelfen, t)6ren r fefyem and the other verbs illus- trated in the foregoing examples, burfen/ f onnem laffen/ mogen/ muffen and follen/ joined to another verb, cannot be used in the participle, but must always remain in the infinitive mood ; but the verbs lefyren and lernen may be used with equal pro- priety in the participle and infinitive. Ex. id) fyabe il)n fommen fyeifjen (not getjetfcn) I have ordered him to come ; id) t)abe tym fd)retben fjelfen (not getjolfen) I have helped him to write ; id) tyabz tl)n fpredben fyoren (not getiort) I have heard him speak ; id) fyabe it)n malen fefyen I have seen him paint ; er fyatte auf metn SBort trauen burfen he might have relied upon my word ; id) t)abe ibm macben laffen I have had made for him ; id) $abz ii)\\ iridjt fefyen roollen I would not see him ; er tjat gefyen mujfen he has been obliged to go ; id) \)aU il)n fpred)en gelet)rt/ or id.) fyabe ifyn fpredjen lefyren I have taught him to speak ; er fyat ft'e lennen gelernt/ or er i>at fie !ennen 75 letnen he has found out how to become acquainted with her. 238. The German infinitive takes the preposition gu/ when it expresses the object and end of an action ; and when it more particularly and positively shows the end of an action, in addition to the above preposition, it takes the particle um. Ex. @r betjauptete ti)tt gefeijen ju tyabm he asserted that he had seen him ; id) tradjtete nut if)m ju fprecfyen I endea- voured to speak to him ; er ift berett/ eg §u ti)un he is ready to do it ; er tijat fetn 9Jtogltd)fteg/ um tf)n §u uberreben he did all he could to persuade him ; er uerfaumte nid)tg, um eg gu erlan- gen he omitted nothing to accomplish it. 239. 2CnHagen/ befdjulbtgen/ entlaben/ entlebigen/ uberfityren, berauben, uberreben/ ubergeugen/ cerfidjern, enrdfynen/ gebenfen, fcfyonen, cerroetfen, and many reciprocal verbs govern the genitive case. Ex. @r ift eineg §3erbred)eng befd)utbtgt he is accused of a crime ; er ift feineg Skrfpredjeng enttebtgt he is absolved from his promise ; er. erimtert fid) ber empfangenen 2Bot)lti)aten he is mindful of benefits received ; er entfyatt fi$ biefer <§a$t he abstains from this ; er bem&cfyttgte fid) ber ©tabt he made himself master of the town. 240. Some of these verbs are likewise used with a pre- position. Ex. 3d) freue mid) uber fetn ©lud: I rejoice at his good fortune ; er erbatmt fid) fiber ben Ungtucftidjen he pities the unfortunate ; er oerrounbert fid) uber fetn SSeneijmen he is sur- prised at his conduct ; er bellagt fid) uber fetne 9cad)t&jftgf eit he complains of his negligence ; er betrubt fid) uber fetnen Sob he laments his death. 241. Verbs which express relation of time, place, and manner) require the genitive case. Ex. beg SJJiorgeng/ beg ^od)tg/ beg SSormittagg/ beg Sageg/ ©onntagg, ?£fiontagg^ grcetmal beg Safyreg lommen; to come in the morning, in the night, in the forenoon, during the day, on Sunday, on Monday, twice a year ; beg Sttorgeng, obet beg 2tbenbg abreifen to set out in the morning, or in the evening ; beg £3ormtttagg fd)reiben to write in the forenoon ; beg SKadjmtttagg fpa|ieren gefyen to take a walk after dinner ; er wirb beg 5tfad)tg anfommen he will arrive in the night ; (gonntagg unb SSonragg gefyt bie ^)oft ah the post goes on Sunday and Monday; er fommt jtorimal beg Safyreg/ gweimal teg 30ftonat§ he comes twice a year, twice a month. 242. Active, neuter, reciprocal and impersonal verbs which govern the question wem, 5 it wem, an wem to whom ? woran, rcoju to what, whither? and those which are accom- panied by the prepositions nadv cor/ mtt, auf/ and in, require the dative case. Ex. 'einem etwag geben, fagen, melben, &c. to give, say, or write something to a person ; einem fd)retben, antwcrten to write, to reply to some one; einem eine (gummc bejatjlen to pay a sum of money to some one; ju wem wollen and tafjen/ govern an accusative of the person and another of the thing. Ex. fte fyetfjt, fdjtlt or fdjimpft ifyn einen barren she calls him a fool ; lefyrt mid) tie beutfd)e he is out of his senses ; er toofynt bei mil* he lives with me ; id) gtng ifym entgegen I went to meet him ; er !ommt mit ifym he is coming with him ; nad) meiner 2Cbreife after my departure ; nadjft tern spiafce near the place ; nebjt bem besides that ; Icmgg bem ^iuffe along the river ; feit etnem Safyre a year since ; er fyat eg oon ifym erfyatten he has received it from him ; er gefyt gu ifym he is going to his house; biefeg ift mir gmoiber this disgusts me. 253. £)urd)/ fur, gegen, urn; and totber govern the accusative case. Ex. or ber ^dlte he protects himself against the cold ; er flieljt oor bem geinbe he flies before the enemy. 258. Contraction makes one syllable of the definite article and a preposition : as, am/ ang/ corg/ t>orm/ aufg/ burcfyg, furg/ im, ing/ com, uberm, uberg/ unternt/ miberg/ jum and jur/ for an bem, an bag/ »or bag/ sor bem/ auf bag/ burd) bag/ fur bag/ in bem/ in bag/ oon bem/ fiber bem, uber bag, unter bem/ miber bag/ ju bem and gu ber. 259. Prepositions often unite with adverbs, and, by this means, form relative particles which refer, in some sort, to the subject in question. The following is a list of them, which beginners should commit to memory, and translate into English by the help of a dictionary. — £)abet/ baburd), bafur/ bagegen/ bamit/ baran, barauf/ baraug/ barein/ barin/ barnad)/ baneben/ baruber, barum/ barunter/ bax>or/ baroiber/ baju/ bagmifdjen/ bacon/ be^alb/ beproegen/ fyeram l)eraug/ Ijerbei/ therein/ l)iertn, Ijer^ urn/ tjerunter/ fjeroor/ fyerju, l)ierbet/ tyierburd)/ fyterauf/ l)ieraug, t)ier&mifd;en, l)inab/ l)inauf, l)inaug/ fjinjU/ moburd)/ momtt/ moju/ morauf/ moraug, mourn mown. 81 260. Adverbs, as well as adjectives, admit of the com- parative and superlative degrees of comparison ; and, in German, adjectives which follow the verb become adverbs. 261. The particle aU usually follows the comparative degree, and con or unter the superlative. Ex. ftarfer alg SDttlo stronger than Milo ; bag ©ange ill grower alg feinc Sfyetle the whole is greater than its parts ; ber jXetftgfte r>otv or unter meinen ©cfyulern the most diligent of my scholars. CHAPTER IV. OF THE ORDER IN WHICH THE SEVERAL PARTS OF SPEECH FOLLOW EACH OTHER IN THE CONSTRUCTION OR FORMATION OF SENTENCES. 262. In the construction of simple and regular sentences the subject or nominative case occupies the first place, the verb the second, and the attribute, or case governed, the third. Ex. £)ag 2eben ijt futj life is short ; er Itcbt ben Sftarf)ften he loves his neighbour ; er gtaubte/ tie ©acfye mare abgemacfyt he thought the business was concluded. 263. When the conjunction bajj is expressed, the sub- ject or nominative case occupies the first place in the sen- tence, the attribute, or case governed the second, and the verb the-last. Ex. 3$ fyoffte/ baf? er fletfnger mare I hoped that he would be more diligent ; id) beforgte/ baj? er eg ntd)t mad)en fonnte I was afraid that he would not be able to do it. 264. The same rule is observed in affirmative sentences when there is a relative pronoun, and likewise when alg, alg rnenn, alg bafi/ ^>a t tamit, beoor/ gleitf) wie, tnbef, inbem, cb, obgtetd), obfcfyon/ obrooty, fo tote/ fo roett, toenn or toeil, &c. begins the sentence, or member of a sentence. Ex. ©er SDlann, roeldjer recbitfdjaffen ift the man who is honest; alg bte 3ett nafye war as the time was near ; alg rcenn eg mdjt rcafyr mare as if it were not true : gu artr, atg baf er biejj beftreiren Bnnte 82 too poor to be able to meet this expense ; ta er eg nid)t ttjun trill since he will not do it ; besot id) btefeg roupte before T knew that ; fo rote id) eg ge[ef)en fyabz as far as I have seen ; roenn id) ju eud) getommen ware if I had come to you ; roeil er mir bieg gefdmeben tyat because he has written this to me. 265. In interrogative sentences the verb precedes its subject or nominative case, and the attribute is put in the third place. Ex. 3jt er gefommen? is he come? gibt er teine 2lntroort ? does he give no answer ? ijt nid)t bag @an§e grower ate fetne &l)eile? is not the whole greater than its parts ? rodre eg nid)t Uia)t, Sfynen ju beroeifeti/ baf @ott unenblid) gut tft ? would it not be easy to prove to you that God is infinitely good? rotrb eg tie $)f)ilofo:p{)ie bafyin bringeri/ alle SKen? fd)en glucfltd) gu macfyen ? will philosophy succeed in rendering all men happy ? 266. The same collocation is observed when the con- junction roenn is omitted, if the sentence begin with an ad- verb of time or place, with one of the conjunctions ent? roeber/ ober> bort, or with the pronoun eg. Ex. 5ft er gleid) arm though he be poor ; fei and) tie &ad>e, roie er erjafylt although it may be as he says ; bort lebte er long he lived there a long time ; geftern roar id) bet if)m I was at his house yesterday ; entroeber lommt, ober fdjreibt er he either comes or writes ; eg fyat mir Semanb gefagt some one has told me. 267. The interrogative pronoun roer forms an exception to the foregoing rule. Ex. SSer i)at bag getljan ? who has done this? 268. In propositions preceded by the particles bejto/ je, um fo/ and in questions and exclamations with the word rote/ the predicate occupies the first place, the verb the se- cond, and the subject the third. Ex. 3e alter ber SBein, befro beffer ijr er the older the wine the better it is ; roie tfjeuer ijt bie[er £)o[e? how much do you ask for this tobacco-box? roie gtoj* ijt Sfyre ©ute ! how great is your kindness ! N.B. These general rules, and a little practice, will enable 83 beginners to understand the collocation of the principal parts of speech. 269. Adjectives precede, in German a3 in English, the substantives which they qualify, and other determining words precede the adjectives in like manner. Ex. ber blinbe SCftann the blind man; bte Huge grew the prudent woman ; bte brei fd)6nen @d)loffer the three fine castles ; alle btefe brei fd)6nen ©d)lof[er all these three fine castles ; son alien btefen ijunbert treuen ^reunben of all these hundred true friends. 270. With verbs in the infinitive mood, the determining particle, &c. precede, but with finite verbs they follow them, and when there is a participle it is placed at the end of the sentence. Ex. fd)6n fcfjreiben to write well ; nctd) 4?aufe 9? fyen to go home; balb Jommen to come soon; fetnen greunb be^ fudien to visit his friend ; fein @elb crfparen to save his money ; er iommt balb he comes soon ; er fd)reibt fdion he writes well ; er gefyt nad) #aufe he is going home ; er befudjt fetnen greunt) he goes to see his friend ; er ijr bait gefommen he is come soon ; er tft nad) £aufe gegangen he is gone home ; er fyat fetnen greunb befudjt he has been to see his friend. 271. All the cases governed by the verb are put after it in the simple tenses, and between the auxiliary and the participle in the compound tenses. Ex. (Sr ftefyt mid) he sees me ; er gab eS tt)m he gave it to him ; er fyat mid) gefefyen he has seen me; er fyatte e§ t&m gegeben he had given it to him, &c. 272. When a dative and an accusative follow the verb, the dative usually precedes the accusative ; but in general good writers and speakers are guided by the degree of energy which they wish to give to a word, placing it at the end of the sentence, that it may be the better observed. Ex. 3d) gebe meinem greunbe einen Sftatfy I give my friend advice; er fd)rieb einen SSrtef feinem SBruber he wrote a letter to his brother. 273. When one of the two cases is a personal pronoun, 84 it is usually placed immediately after the verb ; and when both the cases are personal pronouns, the accusative gene- rally precedes the dative, except for the sake of emphasis or greater energy, as under the foregoing rule. Ex. @t& tijm tiefen fRafy give him this advice ; er gibt eg tym he is giving it to him ; er nonnte mtr fie/ or er nannte fie mtr he named her to me. 274. The principal case of the verb is followed by the preposition and the substantive which it governs. Ex. £)te|j macbte etnen uefen (StnbrucE auf unfere Stnne this made a deep impression on our senses. 275. The circumstances of time and place precede the principal case of the verb, except when the case of the verb is a pronoun, and then the latter is placed immediately after. Ex. (St fcHcSte corgejlern bag @elb fetnem greunbe he sent his friend the money the day before yesterday ; id) fanb it;n cor= gcfrern in SBten I found him in Vienna the day before yesterday. 276. As the verb is usually placed at the end of the sentence, as the word which more particularly determines the sense of the phrase ; for the same reason the separable particles of compound verbs, participles, and the infinitives of other verbs require to be placed at the end of the sentence. Ex. (Eg fid itjm auf einmal feine SRebe ein he remembered his discourse at once ; ber Umgang nut aufgeflarten Seuten ijot fetnen ©eijt jur Sfteife gebvad)t intercourse with enlightened persons has formed his mind; id) fafy tie fcfynxirse ©ettrittenrolfe fdfjnell uber ben ©alb fa&ren I saw the black storm-cloud pass swiftly over the wood ; id) bin bereit, eud) ju erler.nen ju geben I am prepared to let you know. 277. The negative md)t, with the finite verbs, is usually placed at the end of the sentence ; but when there is a participle, or verb in the infinitive mood, it is put before such participle or infinitive. Ex. 3d) faf) ii)n btefen ganjen Sag nid)t, or id) tyabe ifyn ben ganjen Sag nid)t gefetjen I have not seen him to day ; id) Nonnte it)n ntdjt IjSren I could not hear him. 278. Conjunctions are usually placed at the beginning 85 of the member of a sentence which they connect ; aber, alfo, and), bafyer, bemnad), barum, bennod), folglid)/ bejm>egen/ iebod)/ mttfyin, fonffc and groar/ however, are often placed at the dis- tance of several words from the beginning. Ex. (5r ift aud) angef ommen ,* er fcfyrieb mir baf)er 5 id) bin batum auf i^n nid)t bo3 j er ijat folglid) feine utfadje/ fid) §u beflagen. 279. The conjunctions obgleid) and obn>ot)l may be either separated or used entire ; roenn aud) and roenn nur r are often separated by a pronoun in the nominative case. Ex. Dbgletd) id) eg roetfj 5 ob id) eg gletd) nid^t wei^ 5 obn?ot)l id) il)n fenne 5 ob er mir gletd) befannt ift 5 wenn er aud) reid) ift 5 rcenn er nur tt>oltte. 280. When an infinitive, an adjective, an adverb or a participle is put in the place of the subject, the construction is inverted. Ex. 2trbetten ift feine greube 5 entfagen foil id) biefem Sortljeile/ imb roarum ? grof ijt ber SJiann, ben letn llnglM beugt,* geftern roar er nod) bei mir 5 mutljlog unb entfrdftet roarf er fid) in meine 2lrme. 281. The construction is likewise inverted, when a pre- position with its case is put at the beginning of the sentence ; when the case governed by the verb precedes the verb ; and when the nominative is put at the beginning and repeated by means of a pronoun, towards the end of the sentence. Ex. 3n meinen 2tbern tobt ein juoenalifd) geuer 5 bir grunet bag &i)al/ bir fprtefen tie SSlumen, btefeg 23ergnugen, rcetbe id) eg gentefen? bte 33lutl)e ber @efunbl)eit/ ttrie balb wxmltt ft'c in £raftloftg?ett unb ^ran!i)eit ! 86 CHAPTER V. A VOCABULARY OF THE MOST USEFUL SUBSTANTIVES, ADJECTIVES, VERBS, ADVERBS, AND ADVERBIAL PHRASES OF FREQUENT OCCURRENCE IN READING AND SPEAKING. The substantives are arranged according to their respective declen- sions, and distinguished, as to their gender, by having the definite article prefixed to each of them. 282. Substantives of ber @d)5pfer the Creator (Sngel angel #immel heaven ta§ gegfeuer purgatory ber Seufel devil $)riefter priest ba$ Staffer water geuer fire ber ©djatten shade SKcgen rain Conner thunder ba$ SBetter weather ber ©ommer summer SQStnter winter SDlorgen morning .Katfer emperor fitter knight £Srper body ginger finger SKctgen stomach ba§ ^nie knee 93idbd)en maid, girl fieben life £ad)en laughter StBeinen weeping the First Declension. ber SSater father S3ruber brother ©roftoater grandfather £)nfel uncle ©cfyroager brother-in-law SSurger citizen Seller plate Coffel spoon bo§ ^effer knife SDfattageffen dinner 2lbenbeffen supper SSoreffen first course (i. e. soup or fish) ber Sraten roast meat $)feffer pepper (Stiefel boot S3oben ground bo6 dimmer room SSorsimmer anti-room, antichamber ber teller cellar bag genfter window ber genflerlaben window- ©djlfiffel key [shutter JDfen oven 87 bag .Kopfftffen pillow bee ©efiel chair Soften chest (Spiegel mirror punter, tinder £eud)tec candlestick S3ogen papier sheet of bag ©iegel seal [p a P er gebermeffer penknife ber. 2tpottjeler apothecary SSaumetfter architect Scaler painter SSilbijauec sculptor SDSed^grer banker •£>cmbtt>erfer. artisan S3ud)t)dnbler bookseller £3ud)brud!er. printer S3ud)binber bookbinder Ufyrmadber watchmaker S3adJer baker @d)netber tailor ©cfyufier shoemaker ©trumpfjtricfer hosier SJtourer bricklayer Stfd)ter joiner £)re$gler turner SBagner cartwright SSeber weaver gdrber dyer @djlof[er locksmith gt[d)er fisher ©erber tanner ©later glazier £afner (Sopfer) potter Safrttager carrier bee <5d)aufytelet player fiaben shop bag SStertel quarter ber £afen haven 23runnen fountain Suftgarten villa £ugel hill (Srbboben ground SBetgen wheat Mdjengarten kitchen- bag £eu hay [garden ber 2Cpfel apple (gpargel asparagus bag SSeildien violet ber Stger tiger (Sfel ass ^)ammet wether 23ogel bird 2Cbler eagle Sanartenoogel canary ^arpfen carp [bird $aufen sturgeon ©djwefel sulphur ©tatjt steel Centner hundredweight ©raben trench Scaler dollar ©ulben florin totter farthing bag gteber fever ber £uften cough ©cfynupfen cold 3tt>erg dwarf bag Softer vice bee gefyler fault. 88 ber 5ttoben ber S^ocfen SRadjen SRoggen stamen Stucfen £>rben ©amen spftften ©diragen Soften @cf)ran!en SKagen ©parren 283. Masculine Substantives of the First Declension, which do not soften their Vowels in the Plural. ber jtragen SSalfen SSvaten gunfen ©lauben ftarpfen barren .ftaften and a few others, which a little reading and speaking the language will teach better than any written rules. 2)te 50tunbel/ bte Gutter/ and bte Softer/ by their termination, belong to the first declension ; the two latter soften their vowel in the plural. 284. Substantives of bog ©ebet prayer ber 93?onb moon ©tern star SBinb wind Zfyau dew 2)onnerfetf thunderbolt S3lt$ lightning ©d)nee snow ba$ Si§ ice SDfteer sea ber glufi river SSad) brook ©taub dust grueling spring #erbft autumn ba$ 3ai)r year ber 9J?onat month Sanuar January gebruar February the Second Declension. ber SDlarg March 2Cprit April %Rai May Sum) June Suty July Xuguft August ©eptember September October October Sftouember November December December ©onntag Sunday SORontag Monday Sienjtag Tuesday SDtttmod) Wednesday £)onnerjtag Thursday grettag Friday ©onnabenb Saturday Sfttttag noon 2tbenb evening 89 ber .KSntg king ©tj^erjog archduke v^erjog duke SSaron baron $>apjr pope SSifrfjof bishop bag %aaz hair @eftd)t face ber sfllunb mouth 3at)n tooth bag Mm\ chin bee SSart beard #alg neck 2frm arm guf foot bag SBlut blood £3ein leg ber (gefyroetjj sweat Singling youth SScrftanb understanding ©d&laf sleep Sraum dream bjt fruit bee £ofyt cabbage (Spinat spinach (Salat salad ^noblaud) garlic bag St)ieu animal $)fetb horse ber ©tier bull SOSotf wolf i3 90 ber gud)§ fox 33ad) brook ber SJftauIefel mule £trfdj stag ba$ t^ curiosity &ieb|ral)t theft. 285. List of Substantives of the Second Declension, which form their Plural without undergoing any change in their Vowels. ber 2Cal ber ©rat ber ©ettrinnjt %xm ©tenft @rab SSlifc getnb ©reie SadjS $reunb £abicf)t 91 ber faring £ed)t £ttfd) £unb fltel ftranid) £ad)S Drt $art *Pret§ bee $>unft the 3rd decl., sReim plur. ©traufi er) Sttfc ber ©tretd) @d)li$ Sag ©t& &i)eU (Sperling Sifd) ©taar SBeg ©teg SSein ®tetn SBinb ©tiel 3eug ©tier ^tt>ec£ ©trauf? (also of jtoetg. The plural of the above is, of course, formed by adding an e to the singular number. 286. Masculine Substantives of the Second Declension, which soften their Vowel in the Plural Number. ber-^lr ber $unb ber £rug SSanb m £u£ SSarfd) ©ang £ouf SSart ©aut SKarft SSaum @ejang Stab SSaud) ©runb Stapf SSorn ©ruf ^atlaft SSocr" ©uf 9W SSranb £af)n $fiocf (also of £)od)t £al$ the 3rd decl.) £)amm tfatyn WW Sampf $amm $>la£ £uft £ampf mat^ Sunffc £lang 9taum gall $lo{? and , « SRau(d) gang (also of the Sftocf glor 3rd decl.) ©aat %*<&>$ £opf ©umpf 92 ber u& bag SBojl (Sitber SRaud^ SSiei ber ut)n bag ©djirert Sanb ,Rorn ©ttft Silb £raut Si)at m teu$ Sud) gelb Sanb SOSammg Slop £id)t 3eU ©etb Sieb ber gletf @efd)led)t Sod) tflof ©eroolfct SCRaal £lo£ ©ejelt ?CRaul ^lump ©lieb g^effc geib ©rob 9)fanb 9>fIotf ©rag Stab Stanb ©ut SRetg ©djtlb £ot§ «Ktnb ©traufj £otn «g SBafiliSl .Knappe spoet S?runn .ftomet ^rtnjipat SBube fieue bie D.uafte £5dne §0to$r bcr Sftabe Seutfdbe ©oftor SRuffe grangofe Starr ©cfymerj ^oijle £d)§ (Sdwebe SBSdlfdje jailor ©llaoe 3cfuit ^faffe ©olbat gal!e 2(ffe S$or (fool) gutjr ^fau Sfyron ©raf $>f)antajt Surfe. £elb All substantives which end in ant and ent; all patronymics, except those in iev/ as ber 2Ccgx>ptter/ bee sperfter/ ber (Spanier/ &c. ; all that end in iji and utt, as ber 2Ct$etjt and ber Sefiut/ belong to the fifth declension, and, with the exception of £erg/ they are all of the masculine gender. 291. Substantives of the Sixth Declension. bte S3erldumbung calumny (Scfymeidjelet flattery #eud)elet hypocrisy SSerrdtfyeret treachery Unban! barfett ingratitude ^a^idJTtQfett negligence Cuge falsehood ©raufamfeit cruelty geinbfd)aft enmity SBolluft sensuality Sfyorfyett folly Ungerecfytigjett injustice SSeletbigung offence ©unbe sin bte SSogtjeit malice ©ottloft'gfett impiety Sreue fidelity (Srfafyrung experience greunbfefyaft friendship Stfttlbtfydtigfeit charitable- ness Sapferfeit bravery ©tanbfyaftigf eit constancy ©ebutb patience ©tttfamfett modesty Unfd)ulb innocence 9Xenfd)lid)feit humanity Sanlbarfeit gratitude 96 tie ©ro{jmutf)tgfeit generosity Ceutfeltglett affability SDemutfy humility £ofItd)fett civility 2Cufrtd)tigfeit sincerity @ered)ttgfett justice 50Rdf fgfett temperance .Stlugfyett prudence Sugenb virtue 2Bunbe wound ©efdjwuljt swelling S3erftopfung obstruction 3Ba|fer(ud)t dropsy SGftafern measles ?>ocfen small-pox tonBfyeit disease Rafter cord SRutye rod (Stle ell SSage scales Sfaupe caterpillar ©ride cricket @d)(ange serpent 2fufter oyster ©arbeltc pilcher <5d)Ietd)e tench Samprcte lamprey gorelle trout SG5ad)tel quail ©djroalbe swallow Cerdie lark SEfteife titmouse 9tad)ttgaU nightingale ©djnepfe snipe Saube dove £enne hen bte SfltouS mouse Sftatte rat ^a^e cat gtege goat £ufy cow ©tute mare ^tyacintfye hyacinth Stelfe pink Sftoi'e rose SLR6^>re carrot Sftube rape 3ttriebel onion ©albei sage 2Cprif ofe apricot v£>afelnufi filbert SBetntraube grapes (Srbbeere strawberry ^aflame chestnut Sfcuf nut 3wetfd)ge plum $)ftrftd) peach ^ir(d)e cherry Sifteieret farm ^Pflanje plant gldfd)banf shambles 23rucfe bridge ©affe street STCeffe fair 23orfwbt suburb SB cifcfyerinn washerwoman Sdjecre scissors S3ricfta[d)c letter-case ©d^rtftta fcbe portfolio ©djrcibfebcr pen £td)tpu£e snuffers £erje taper 97 tie 9flcttra$e matrass ftucfye kitchen ©tube room SBanb partition wall SCftauet: wall ©d)ur§e apron £aube cap ©djnalle buckle ©djwSgertnn sister-in-law 9^id)te niece SSafe cousin fJttufyme aunt ©rofj mutter grandmother ©emafyltnn wife ©dftwejier sister Softer daughter SJlutter mother $ctfiltd)!ett ugliness ©d)6nfteit beauty ©efunbfyett health 4?offnung hope (ginbilbunggfroft imagina- tion SSernunft reason ©eele soul SRebe discourse anb hand Sautter shoulder jhinge tongue fiippe lip tie Sfcafe nose 4>aut skin ©tunbe hour SSJtorgenr&tfye Aurora SOttttwodje Wednesday 2Bod)e week Satyrgjett season £alte cold SBarme warmth 3Sot!e cloud (Sonne sun (grbe earth SBSett world Stteffe mass ^trd)c church 2Cnbaci)t devotion 33etd)te confession Saufe baptism $Pcebtgt sermon £6lte hell jDreifQlttgfeit trinity 2Cu§fIud)t pretext gauft fist grud)t fruit @an£ goose ©ruft vault tfluft cleft £raft strength ^unffc art Suji pleasure SJiagb servant-maid 5Kacl)t night @au sow ©tabt town SOSurjl sausage 3unft guild. 98 292. List of Feminine Substantives which soften their Vowels, and form their Plural in e. tie SSanf tie tfraft bie Slaty S3raut &vfy Scoty SBrunjt ftunfi 9tu£ SSrujt Saug @au ©cms Suft Stabt ©ruft Cuft SSanb ©unfi 9Jcad)t 2Burjl £aUt 93cagb 3unft. itluft 3j(au§ 293. Zistf o/ Substantives of the Feminine Gender which are used in the Singular Number only. bit 2(nlunft tie *Prad)t bie SScmunft (Sinftdjt Sftucifunft 3ier @efa>ulft ©cbmad) £ud)t £enntnif3 @d)»ulft 3ulunft Sift Srauer ^urucffunft 294. Adjectives of Frequent Occurrence. wetfj white entfarbt faded fdjroarj black fdbon beautiful blau blue garfttg dirty t)immetblau sky-blue i)afHtd) ugly grun green grofj great gelb yellow llein little voti) red lurj short triolet violet breit broad braun brown eng narrow grau gray ttef deep fyell bright geletjrt learned bunfel dark unnnffenb ignorant grob coarse gut good 99 fd)led)t bad bog base iufttg gay liefcensrourbtg amiable fXet^ig diligent tjergltdE) hearty empftnbfam susceptible menfdjlid) humane boftid^ courteous gefyorfam obedient wo$ltt)&ttg beneficent lieb/ ttjcuer dear ciferfudjtig jealous ftanbtjaft firm gemetn common DoUlommert perfect gottlid) divine geijllid) witty meltlidb temporal fterblid) mortal gerecfyt, biUig just aufrtd)tig sincere roafyt true treu faithful freunbltd) friendly geijtg avaricious nad)ldfftg negligent faul idle angenefym agreeable banlbar thankful flat! strong fdjwacf) weak gefunb healthy IranB ill ungefunb unhealthy reid) rich arm poor glucflici) lucky, happy jung young ait old oer&eiratyet married lebtg unmarried tobt dead rein pure fttfj sweet bitter bitter gefaljen salt fauer sour reif ripe gleid) equal letd)t easy ijort hard fd)tcer difficult oott full leec empty gefcfyrotnb quick ganj entire trctfen dry na0 wet jerbrod)en broken neu new entfernt far off nctfye near getjetm secret oerfdjlofjen locked offen open etgen peculiar mogltd) possible dfynttd) similar nu^Ud) useful gunfttg favourable. 100 295. Verbs of Frequent Occurrence. effen to eat trinBen to drink fcfylafen to sleep auffte&en to get up fruf)flucfen to breakfast 5U SKittog effen to dine ju 2(benb effen to sup bungertg fein to be hungry bui-frig fein to be thirsty fcfetdfrig fein to be sleepy gu SSett get)en to go to bed rufyen to repose traumen to dream \vad)m to watch fid) an$tef)en to dress fid) au§jtet)en to undress fid) wafc^en to wash fetyen to see t)6ren to hear foften to taste riedjen to smell futjlen to feel anfd)ouen to look at lad)tn to laugh roetnen to cry feufgen to sigh fingen to sing ntefen to sneeze 2Ctt)em i)olen to breathe berufyren to touch anrutjren to handle fyuften to cough geben to give nefymen to take fdjrcien to cry out lefen to read fdjreiben to write lernen to learn tetjren to teach augmenbig lernen to commit to memory nrieberfyolen to repeat abfd)reiben to copy uerbeffern to correct QuSftreidjen to blot out uberfe^en to translate cmfangen to commence enbigen to finish madjen to make lonnen to be able wotlen to be willing roiffen to know fpred)en to speak reben to converse fagen to say fragen to ask antrootten to answer rufen to call geftefyen to confess nerftd>er-n to assure dejafjen to affirm cernetnen to deny fid) beftagen to complain beroetfen to prove oenfyeibigen to defend rtchten to judge ueruttfyeilen to condemn uer$eu)en to pardon 101 bitten to beg erfud)en to entreat forbetn to require (oben to praise tabeln to blame grufen to salute fd)er5cn to joke troften to console Derfretjen to understand begretfen to comprehend fd)d^en to esteem erfennen to acknowledge prufen to prove erfafyren to experience ftd) entfd)Ife#en to determine auffd)teben to defer oerfpredjen to promise ftci> erinnetn to remember sergeffen to forget benfen to think glauben to believe tjoffen to hope furdjten to fear tt)unfd)cn to wish fennen to know aweifetn to doubt Ueben to love fyaffen to hate fd)meid)eln to natter fuffen to kiss ©lucf nmnfdjen to congratulate oerfolgen to persecute fiegen to conquer genrinnen to win serlteren to lose ftefylen to steal ftd) erfreuen to rejoice ftd) betruben to be troubled ftd) bemegen to be moved gefyen to go fommen to come anlommen to arrive rmeberiommen to return fiegen to stand u'egen to lie f%n to sit fpa^teten to walk laufen to run oermetben to avoid roenben to turn fufyren to lead fallen to fall entgegen gefyen to oppose begegnen to meet fyinetngefyen to go in fytnauggefyen to go out ftetgen to go, step up fytnabftetgen to go dow- oorbeigeljen to go by fd)ted)feln to change bejafylen to pay borgen to borrow letfyen to lend beftellen to appoint uberliefern to consign regnen to rain fdjneien to snow fyageln to hail blt|en to lighten fd)etnen to shine anjunben to light frieuen to freeze. 296. Adverbs and Adverbial Phrases of Frequent Occurrence. 3a ©ewif funb ? 2Bte gefatlt 3*)nen bte[e garbe ? 2>atf td) ©ie bitten ? 3$ routbe ©te eifudjen 3d) bitte ©te red)t fct)r £aben ©te bte ©nabe 3d) mujj ©te bitten 3d) t)abe eine SBitte an ©ie. 3d) mujj ©ie urn eine ©efdiltgfeit bitten 2Benn iut mir feljr left 2Ber t)dtte btej? gebadjt ? @g ttjut mir in ber ©eele mel) Sag ^)er§ blutet mir @g ifl bod) oerbrief; lid) 2Ben follte eg ntdjt oerbriejjen ? Why not? I will see I will do my best What is to be done here ? Advise me Tell me your opinion What will be the end of it ? What do you say to it ? Would it not be better ? What do you think of it ? What remedy is there for it? If I were in your place Excuse me, that is not right I would not do it I would not allow it It would not have been amiss I would do it after this fa- shion It is the same thing It amounts to the same thing I do not know what to say to you You will know that better than I I am very glad I am heartily glad of it I should not have thought it I am very glad to hear it I am very sorry for it Who would have thought it ? I am truly sorry for it My heart bleeds It is vexatious Who wouldnot be vexed at it? 106 3ft eg m6gltrf) ! SOSaS fagen @ie ! 2Ba§ i)6re td) ! 34) erftaune ! £immel ! SBarmfyerjigfeit ! 3d) bin serloren ! @r tjt tobt ©ott ftefje tym bet ! SJJiad) mid) nid)t toll $Ba6 ift bog ffir eine 2Cct ? Sffieldjer £)ummf opf ! SBeldjer ©infall ! 2Cuf meine (Styre @o irafyr id) ein e^tlic&er Sfftann bin 9tid)t oer^agt ! grifd) geroagt ! JpuvtiQ ! ©efd)»tn& ! gurd)te mdjtg SBetdje greube ! 3d) bin recfyt froi? (St fcoi)toc!et batuber Cieber/ ttjeurer ^reunb giebeS £inb ! 3d) ^abe tyn red)t gern «0?ein ©djafc ! Seben @tc red)t n;ot)l jlommen en mandjmal fonber= bare Singe How long- is it since you saw him? It is not long since A short time ago It is a year since I saw him saw ago him but three days 298. <5r get)t ju gup t)tn 3d) rcerbe nid)t fyinfommen What, only three days ago? Yes, indeed, you may believe it or not Why do you laugh ? Do you think I am joking ? I tell it you seriously Does that surprise you ? I think it very natural Yes, I think so Who would have dreamed of that? Indeed one might have fore- seen it Strange things happen some- times. He goes thither on foot I shall not come 108 3d) war nod) nie tort .Kommen ©ie tjtri/ e6 ttrirb ©te fceuen Sffitr roerben fptelen 2Btr merben SSillarb fpieten 3d) merbe r»id)t ermangeln 311 tommen ©ie burfen fid) barauf oerlafien Soben ©te aud) ben #erm — ein 3d) roerbe eS itmt fagen £)b er aber rommen mirb/ baS tt>eif id) nid)t 3d) unit fdjon forgen/ baf ©tc fetne Eangetr-eile ftnben SSBcnn eS regnct/ bann lommen ttrit ntd)t 3d) t)offc/ eg rctrb fd)6n bletben I never was there Come, you will be pleased We will play We will play at billiards I will not fail to come You may rely upon it Invite Mr. — also I will tell him But I do not know whether he will come T will take care that you are amused If it rain we shall not come I hope it will continue fine. 5QSem gefjort biefeS aSud) ? ^onnten ©tc eg mtr nid)t letfyen ? @6 gefjort nid)t mtr$ id) mufj cS fjeute juritcrgeben Gs6 f)cmgt ntdjt won mtr ab SScnn ©ie fid) Me Sfflutje nefymen roollten tt)n $u fragen 2BaS mirb c§ nu£en ? (56 n?irb ntd)t gefd)efr;en/ id) roetfj e6 im oorauS 3d) ^obe ben tfuftrag ©tc gu fragen 3d) bin 2StUen6 ifym ju fcfyreiben ©efyen ©ie fd)on fort ? 3d) fann mid) nid)t longer auf= tjalten 299. Whose book is this ? Could you not lend it me ? It does not belong to me ; I must return it to-day It does not rest with me If you would take the trouble to ask him What will it avail ? It will not happen, I know it beforehand I am commissioned to ask you I intend to write to him Are you going already ? I can stay no longer 109 3d) mufj eiligjt ju tern £errn — gefyen (Sg regnet aber gemaltig (So marten @te nod) etn mentg, eg mtrb balb auffyoren I must hasten away to Mr. — Soffet mid) in grieben Sag tft einc Sftebe ! Sffiag fallt benn eud) ein ? 3d) finbe eg fonberbar, in bet* Styatl SBte lann man fo etmag benlen? #att' id) bag frufyer geroujjt ! 3d) bin fefjr bofe auf it)n (Sr fyatte bog nic ttmn follen 3d) meifj mirfltd) nid)t/ mag id) baoon benfen foil ©eien ©te oerftdjert/ bap id) boran fetne ©d)utb fyabt Dag fyatte id) nte gegtaubt SBer lann eg tym benn gefagt fyaben ? SBie unterftefyt er ftd) nod)/ mtr sor bie 2(ugen gu lommen ? ©o etmag lann man mir nur einmal antfyun 301 dr mar fo eben t)iec <3g ift mir tetb, itjn nid)t ange= troffen ju fyaben &ennen @ie it>n ? It rains, — it pours Stay a little longer, it will soon leave off. 300. Let me be quiet. What a speech ! What is come into your head now ? I think it extraordinary, indeed ! How could any one imagine such a thing ? Would I had known that sooner ! I am very angry with him He ought never to have done that I do not indeed know what I ought to think of it Be assured that I have had no hand in it I should never have believed it Who can have told him then? With what face will he ever appear before me again ? I shall not be served the same trick twice. He was here just now I am sorry I did not meet him Do you know him ? L 110 3d) fenne tt)n blofj uom ©et)en 3d) roerbe Sfynen fyinunter leudjten 3d) ^)abe ton fleineg ©etb bet mtv 3d) merbe eud) cin anbeteg 9iKal etroas fdjenfen @g gef)t ujm oft bag ©etb aug @ie t)dngt bag SCRauU unb id) metfj nidjt roarum ©ie iffc fefyr aufgebtadjt gegen £^>n SBag fyat er ifyr getfyan ? (£g ift nod) eine grage, ob er eg ntd)t ttjut ©ie ift tjierubet nid)t gut ju fprecfyen ©r if! nod) gut baoon gefommen I know him only by sight I will light you down 1 have no small change about me I will give you something another time He is often wanting money She is vexed, and I know not why She is greatly enraged at him What has he done to her ? Who knows that he will not doit? She will hear nothing on this subject He has had a narrow escape. 302. SBag gefyt mid) bag an ? Iffienn eg ©ie ntcbt angefyt, fo get)t eg mid) an (Sinuerjfonben $ aber bel&ftigen ©ie mid) nid)t linger nut biefem @efd)md£e 3d) lann ntd)t baraug !lug rcei'ben ©inmal fpridit er fo, unb etn anbereg SERal fo ©g i(! aug mit unferer greunb= fd)aft 3fl bag ©tucf aug? 53tid) munbert eg/ bafi eg tjeute fo frut) aug ift Sftadften jte eg mit einanber aug What is that to me ? If it be nothing to you, it is something to me Granted; but do not tease me any longer with such nonsense I cannot understand it at all Sometimes he says one thing, and sometimes another Our friendship is at an end Is the play over ? I am surprised at its being over so soon to-day Let them settle it among themselves Ill SBtr fyaben auggemacfyt, bafj er mir eg morgen fdjtcfen foil @g ift nod) nid^t auggemadjt (gg ift eigentltd) nod) nid)t aug~ gemad)t, baf* er. eg fd)tcfe 3d) fyabe eine 23itte an ©ie 3d) ^abe Seine Suft baju ©agen ©ie mir einmal Sag $at nidjtg auf fid) Sag i)at nid)tg ju fagen 2$ie fann bag fetn ? 2Bo benlen ©ie benn fyin ? Urn btc 5B3a$rtyeit ju fagen SSSenn bag xoaty mare 2Benn eg fo mate, wte ©ie fagen 2Bir mollen eg babet bemenben laffen ©djon red)t/ oerlaffen ©te ftc^ barauf (gg foil mid) munbern, roenn er biefrnat SOSort t)dlt (gg mirb fpdt (gg mirb Sftad)t (gg mirb Sag Sajfen ©ie fid) bie 3eit ntd)t lang merben 2Btc merben mtt einanber getjen ©ebulben ©ie fid) nur ein mentg (gg ift mafyvlid) gum Sobtlacfyen SEJlir fommt bag £ad)en, fo oft id) tavan benle (gg ift aud) §um Sad)en 3d) mod)te metnen, fo fei>r tljut eg mir leib We have agreed that he shall send it to me to-morrow It is not settled yet It is not yet finally deter- mined that he shall send it. 303. I have a favour to ask of you I have no inclination for it Pray tell me That is no matter That has nothing to do with it How can that be ? What are you thinking of ? To say the truth If that were true If it were as you say Let us change the subject of our discourse You are in the right, abide by it I shall be surprised if he keep his word this time It grows late The night is coming on It is morning Make yourself comfortable We will go together Do have a little patience It is enough to make one die with laughing I laugh whenever I think of it It is truly laughable It grieves me so that I could cry 112 &a$ fann id) 3l)nen fagen/ bajj eg mid) fefjr drgert (Sin (Snget murbe bobei tie ©e* bulb serlteren $5ag mollen (Sic aber babei ttjun? 3d) fann eg nid)t fo l)ingef)en laffen £)ag 23efte ift/ eg fid) gar nid)t merfen Xaffert/ ba|j eg ©te fo wrbrteft o^)i 3d) tuerbe nod) einige Sage t)iec bleiben .ftonnen ©ie ftngen, obet bag fllawer fpieten ? 2Bte lange ftnb ©ie fdjon ^>ier ? @g tft nid)t Idnger a(§ anbertfyalb ©tunben |>dtte id) genmfjt, baf ©ie t)ier ftnb! 2Bit fefyen ung red)t feiten 3d) bin, ©ott fei gelobt, redjt gefunb 3d) bin nid)t red)t wofyl 3d) bin etrcag unp&fttd) £)er $opf tt)ut mtr fo wet) .ftommen ©ie f)er, id) will 3fynen etroag jeigen £onimen ©ie fyerauf $ommen ©ie ein roenig tjeruntet SQSo ftnb ©ie benn ? #ier unten 3d) bad)te, ©ie rcdren nod) oben @ei)ett)inou6,unb bleibt broken (5r get)t bejidnbig auf unb ab f t)inauf unb fytnunter ©obalb ec fyeraugfommt, werben ©ie tytnctngefyen 2BaS foil aug aUem bem toer^ ben? 3d) toetf nid)t wag baraug xozi- ben n?irb 3d) ot)nbe nid)tg ©ute6 How do you like this place ? I like it very much I shall stay here a few days longer Do you sing, or play on the piano ? How long have you been here ? Not more than an hour and a half I wish I had known that you were here We see one another very sel- dom I am in very good health, thank God I am not very well. I am a little indisposed My head aches Come here, I will show you something Walk up Come down here a minute. Where are you ? Down here I thought you were still above Go out, and stay out. He is continually going up and down You shall go in, as soon as he comes out What will be the end of all this ? I do not know what will be the end of it No good, I fear. l 3 114 @g ftef)t gefatjrtid) aug unferm ©efdjdfte (Sg ttnrb nirfjt fo gut abtaufen/ alg ttnu gebad)t fyaben SRfc wollte gtetd) tm Mange tie @ad)e nidjt red)t gefaUen 3d) tjatte miv nie getraut eg gu ttyun 3d) fyatte eg ifrni ben Sag gusor gefcfyrteben £dtte id) eg nut greet ©tunben frufyer gertmfjt <$r war, beoor ©ie gelommen ft'nb, fo luftig SBtr muffen gum* bie (Sad)e ing S^eine brtngen @g iffc beffer gut)oi/ alg fyernad) bie <3ad)e gu uberlegen @g ifi it)m nidjt gu trauen Sflfian mufj oorftdfotig gu SBerle gefyen 306. mit Our affairs are in a precarious state It will not end so well as we thought I did not much like the busi- ness from the beginning I should never have ven- tured to do it I had written to him the day before If I had known it only two hours sooner He was so lively before you came We must settle our business first It is better to reflect before you do a thing than after He is not to be trusted We must go cautiously to work. 307. 3d) nrilltge baju etn Unb roenn @ie bagu nid)t ein= gettrilltgt fatten ? fCSaruni/ rcogu btefc grage ? <3tnb @te bamit gufrteben? 28te fann id) bamit gufrteben fetn ? SKollen @te ntd)t fceute bet mir fpetfen ? 3d) bin fyeute fdjon eingetaben I consent to it And suppose you had not consented to it ? Why do you ask that ques- tion ? Are you satisfied ? How can I be satisfied ? W r ill you not dine with me to-day ? I am already engaged for to-day 115 SSag roerben ©te fyeute 2(benb tijun? 2£ie bringen ©te ben2Cbenb ju? SOSollen nrir tern £errn — einen 33efud) macfyen? 3d) bin fefyr gern babei 3d) bitte nur einen 2Cugenblttf gu gebulbem ic^ tt-erbe g(etd) fommen What will you do this eve- ning ? How do you spend the eve- ning ? Shall we go to see Mr. — ? I am quite agreeable to it Only have a moment's pa- tience, I will be here again immediately. 308. 3d) bitte ©te fid) m'd)t baretn gu mengen 3d) roeifj felbfr, roag id) gu tfyun J)abe ©te burfen eg mir ntd)t fagen 3d) wetf eg ja ol)nef)tn, bafj eg ntd)t gefyen farm ©tnb ©te etntg getr-orben ? Sfcod) ntd)t gang, eg fefylt aber nid)t »iel baran @g tjt fo gut alg gefauft 3d) roerbe, fyoffe id)/ em guteg ©efdjdft madjen 23erlangt er mel ? @g iffc md)t wofylfeft/ aber eg l;at ben SSeni) <$r tt?irb'g Stynen taffem id) jtoetfle nidjt baran ($r braud)t ©elb Sag ©elb iffc jefct rar I entreat you to have nothing to do with it I know what I have to do ©ie burfen an nieinem SBtUen nidjt jweifeln ©o Diet an mir ift/ roerbe id) genufj alleg bettragen You need not tell me I am well aware it will not do Have you agreed ? Not quite, but we are not far short of it It is as good as bought I hope I shall make a good bargain Does he want much for it? It is not cheap, but it is worth the money He will let you have it, I have no doubt He wants money Money is scarce now-a-days. 309. guten You need not doubt my willingness I will do all in my power to assist vou 116 2Bag mid) anbetangt, t)ab' id) As far as I am concerned, i ntd)tg bagegen @r ijt mir auf ber ©trajje be= gegnet 3d) trof ttyn bet etnem greunbe an 3d) i)ab' tyn angercbct 28ag i)ct er 3fynen geantroortet ? @r tyat fid) baruber gar md)t fyerauglaffen roollen SSenn eg ifym nid)t gelingt, fo ift cr gu ©runbe gerid)tet @g ttrirb meine Sdjulb nid)t feim roenn eg tt)m nid)t gtucft ' (Sr wirb 3*)nen aud) Itine ©d)ulb geben (Sr fyatte rooijl Unred)t have no objection to it He met me in the street I met him at a friend's house I have spoken to him What answer did he make you? He would say nothing upon that subject If it do not succeed, he is ruined It will not be my fault if he do not succeed He will by no means blame you He would be in the wrong to do so. 310. (Sr nritb ©te besatjten/ id) burge He 3*)nen bafur £aben (Sie ein roentg 9tad)ftd)t (S3 gibt foldje Seute, bk itjre (Sd)ulben nie begafc)len 3d) lann bag nid)t gugeben Sag teibe id) nid)t @r foil fid) fyuten, bief? gu tfyun @r mufte bafur bujjen I will 2Bag fann id) bafur, roenn eg it)m nicljt beffec gefyt ? Den gall auggenommen, bafj er Iran! fei 2Cuggenommen, ba|3 ec ntdjt t)ier ware will pay you, answer for it Have a little consideration There are persons who never pay their debts I cannot allow that I do not suffer that Let him take care not to do it Otherwise he will have to pay for it How can I help it, if he do not do better? Unless he be ill Except he were not here 117 3d) fefce ben gall/ baf id) a.e* fyinbert ware. 3d) fann it)n nid)t au6fte£)en (Sr. ifi mtr feljr §un?iter (St ift etne rtnbrtge unauSftefylidje sperfon ©etn S3enef)men ift gurucEjtofjenb 311 s Batum l)alten @tc mid) auf ? •JBet fann bafut/ baf? biej? ges fd)ef)en ift ? 3d) gebe wofyl ju/ ba$ man an= berg l)&tte oerfafyren fonnen 3a/ votnn man alleg fd)on im SSorauS wfifjte (56 t)at fxdr) SSieteg eteignet, feit= bem wit un§ nid)t gefefyen fyaben 3d) l)abe oft an ag 2Bid)ttgeg ju fagen 3d) lann mid) bacon nidjt log madjen (Sg if! farcer feiner log ju roer? ben ; wenn er einmat anfdngt @g if! i$m bie glinte loggegangen @r fd)iefjt auf i^n log @r geljt auf itjn log Sag spferb ift log @r ift ein lofer SSub Saffen @ie ttjn log @ie roollen tt)n nid)t mefjr togs laffen I am just arrived He is just gone out He asked after you I have something of import- ance to say to him I cannot get rid of it It is not easy to silence him when he once begins His gun went off He is shooting at him He rushes upon him The horse is loose He is a little good for nothing Let him go about his business They will not let him off again 119 @t fuijrt ein tofeS, flotteg, fereS Ceben lo!= He leads a dissipated life. 3ft Sfynen bag anftdnbig, ? ©tnb en SBaren ©te f)euer nod) ntd)t auf bem Sanbe ? 3d) fydtte grofk fiuft mit 3fynen ju gei)en (SS wurbe mid) fet)c freuen SBollen nut ben lleinen bafyin §u gufje mad)en ? S5eg If you have no objection, I should like to go into the country to-day Have you not been in the country this year ? I should like very much to go with you It would give me much plea- sure Shall we walk thither ? 120 3d) bin ein fdjledjter $ufjgdnger 3d) fafyre liefcer 3d) mod)te 3fynen ttorfd)lagen, etnen ©pa^ierritt batjin ju macfyen ©a bin id) babet 5 td) reite fur mein 2eben gern Me mett tft eg benn ? 2Bir fommen leidjt in jmei ©tunben bafyin SSSir braud)en alfo ntd)t §u eilen 3d) bin nod) nud)tern 5 mollen mir frufyjiucfen ? ©ie tommen eben red)t, urn bag grufyjfucf mit ung §u nefymen 3d) ^abc fd)on gejmeifelt, baf? <5ie mebr fommen 3d) bin con einem SSefud) uufge* tjalten morben 3d) tjdtte eg balb t>ergeffen fERcin JDiencc t)at mid) baran erinnert 3d) bin fo oergeflid) @g foil oud) bee £err — lommen SQknn er nid)t balb fommt, fo marten mit: nidjt langer (§r idjjt immer auf fief) marten £)tefj ijt fd)on feine 2Crt ©g ijl aber ntd)t angeneljm, mit foldjen fieuten ju tfjun gu ijaben I am a bad walker I would rather ride I should like to make up a party to go thither on horseback. I agree to it ; I am very- fond of riding What is the distance ? We shall go thither easily in two hours We do not need to hurry I have eaten nothing yet ; shall we breakfast ? You are just come in time to take breakfast with us I had begun to think you would come no more I have been detained by a visit I had almost forgotten it My servant has reminded me of it I am so forgetful Mr. — is to come also If he do not come soon, we will go He always keeps us waiting It is his way But it is disagreeable to have to do with such people. 317. Qt mofynt ju ebener (Srbe .Konnen ©ie mir nid)t fagen< mer im erftcn ©totfe mofmt ? (Sr motmt rucfm&rtg He lives on the ground floor Can you not tell me who lives on the lirst floor ? He lives at the back 121 &t tjat Me 2UiSftd)t in ben ©arten 3d) rourbe it>n befudjem wenn id) nid)t ttermutfyete/ ta$ er fcfyon auggegangen mare Urn reelcfye 3eit trifft man tyn am ftd^erfren an ? 3* bin fdjon gwetmat gefommen, ot)ne iljn anjutrefen 3d) gtaube, bajj er fid) cer= laugnen laft 3d) nrill mid) ifym aber nid)t aufbringcn £)aS tfit metne. ©aa^e ntcfyt 3d) bin gefonnen gang audits btetben SSielletcbt tfyun ©ie ifym Unred)t @r rocijj audi, roo id) mobne ©r t)at nid)t roeiter alS id) 2CIS er ba$ fybvtt, roar er fefyr befturjt 3d) bin fet>r serlegen, icb bin in ber grofjten SSerlegenfyeit (5r ift ein oernrirrter $opf SSie fomme id) oug biefer 23er= nrirrung ? r lafttg 3d) bitte, lafjen @ie mid) nidjt oergebenS roarten 25a§ farm id) ntd)t tetben Go immediately, and do not think so long about it If you return soon, I will wait for you I very much dislike waiting Pray do not let me wait in vain I cannot bear that. 318. £eute uber ad)t Sage ijl (etn ©eburtstag ©te muffen nid)t oergejfen tf)m $u gratultren (5r §at mir oor Dterjefyn Sagen gefdjrieben ©ett btefet $ett fonnte er fd)on i)ier fein £onnen ©te erratfyen/ mer eg mtr gefagt fyat ? (S3 tjt md)t fdjwci: §u erratfyen @g t|t bauon gar feme 3ftebe SBenn ©te tt)n con ungefdfyt fefyen follten SSenn er con ungefafyt etn 2Bort fafyren laffen fotlte 6§ ftnb nun ungefdfyr jroet 3af)te This day week is his birth- day You must not forget to con- gratulate him upon it He wrote to me a fortnight ago Since that time he might have been here Can you guess who told me ? 2£a$ rjeifct ba$ ? 3ft ba$ eine 2Crt ? £>a§ bitte id) mtr auS ! 3d) bitte mtr ein anbeveg SRal bte (Sfyre aug £)tefeg £aug nmtbe fet>r roofyl* fell auggeboten It is not difficult to guess There is no talk of it If you should happen to see him If he should by chance hap- pen to let a word slip It is now about two years since. 319. What do you call that ? Is that the way ? Do not let that happen again ! Pray do me the honour an- other time This house was sold very cheap 123 3d) bttte ©ie ein wenig Icifcr ju fpredjen Sftan fonnte ung f)6ren 2Bir fpredjen ju taut 5aut feinem SSerfpredjen, foltte er mir fyeute bag ©elb fd)icfen (5r gibt fetnen Saut oon fid) @g jtnb tauter 9)ienfd)en ofyne (Srjtefjung @g ftnb tauter £ugen 320. Dag tiaben roir blof munbltd) auggemad)t SBermog feineg munbltdjen 93er? fpred)eng £aben ©te eg fdjrtftltd) con it)m ? (Setn SSort ift mir fo gut at§ etne fdjriftlidje Urfunbe 3ft tt)m »o|i ju trauen ? ©eben ©ie %d)t, trauen ©ie tt)m ntd)t fo tetd)t 3d) fage eg 3fynen im 23ertrauen $ eg ftet)t fd)ted)t aug mtt it)m Dag ware ! id) fydtte tt)m alleg anoertraut (5r ftebt fo efyrttd) aug ! ©ein 23enef)men flofjt fo met SSertrauen ein ! @g ift nidjt tmmer auf bag tfeufere ^u gefyen Der ©d)ein betrugt oft Do not speak quite so loud We may be heard We speak too loud According- to his promise, he should send me the money- to-day He does not say a word They are persons without education They are downright false- hoods. We have agreed upon it only by word of mouth In virtue of his promise by word of mouth Has he given it to you in writing ? His word is as good to me as a written document May one depend upon him ? Be upon your guard, and do not too easily confide in him I tell you in confidence ; he is in bad circumstances Is it possible ! I should have given him credit to any amount He has such an honest face ! His behaviour inspires so much confidence We must not always go by appearances We are often deceived by appearances. 124 321. 2ttg id) eben tm SSegriffe toax, aug bem ipaufe $u get)en SGSenn @ie fommen tvolkn, nun bin id) bereft Saffen ir ben Sftegenfc^irm mttnet)men Just as I was thinking of going out I am ready now if you will come Let me look for my key Where can I have put it ? If I have to seek any thing I am sure not to find it Perhaps it is in your other coat pocket Do you think we may de^ pend on the weather ? It looks rather unsettled It will not be amiss to take the umbrella with us. 322. SBtffen Sie md)t, warm t)eute ber SSall anget)t ? SBollen Sie r)eute 2(benb auf ben SBall get)en ? 3BaS foil id) benn tt)uti/ foil id^ ben ganjen 2lbenb §u £aufe bletben? 3d) n>ei|} fonft nirgenbg t)insu= get)en 2ttle meine 23efannten ftnb nid)t in ber ©tabt ©tnb @ie ein Ciebt)aber oom Sangen ? 3d) tanje me, id) fet)e aber getne 5" @g lommen bte fd)5nften fieute r)in Do you not know at what hour the ball commences? Are you going to the ball this evening? What else should I do, ought I to stay at home all the evening ? I do not know where else I could go. All my friends are out of town Are you fond of dancing ? I never dance, but I like' to look on The most fashionable people go there 125 (S3 tft allcS fo fd)6n beleudjtet The lights are splendid! 25ie 5ftuftf tfl fyetrlid) The music is excellent 3d) bleibe aber me longer, alg But I never stay later than SDUtternadjt midnight. 323. ©inb <5te fdjon mube ? Are you tired so soon ? 3d) fann md)t wetter I can go no farther SQStr fyaben etnen fdjretfltcfyen We have walked a long way 2Beg gemacfyt SBenn id) bag gett?u|t fydtte, fo ware id) ntd)t mttgegangen 3* fyabe bag @ef)en oerlernet 2Bir fyaben md)t mefyr wett eg foil ©ie ntdjt reuen @g wtrb ©ic nid)t gereuen, bag fd)6ne ©djlof ju fefyen Sftan fyat won bort etne prdcfyttge 2Uigftd)t eg ijt bie fd)6nfte ©egenb im Sanbe @g tjat fo eingetroffen/ wte tdj gefagt tjabe. ©6 tft etn SKunber/ t>a$ eg nod) fo abgelaufen tft 9ftan i)dtte otel (3d)ltmmercg evwarten !6nnen SQSenn er nid)t gewefen wave, fo weif id) md)t, wag baraug entfranben ware 3um ©lucf bin i all, auw auger. li I g ©te mic guecft baoon fagteii/ JFAew you first mentioned it lonnte id) eg !aum glauben 2f I g id) nad) £aufe !am/ fanb id)/ bag bte ganje gamilie auSgegangen roar ©ie ift fo liebengttmrbtg alg fd)6n @v ift nid;t gtucfUdjer alg ttur (Sr t)at ftd) alg ein braoer ©djfiler gejetgt (St tjat alg SSater ge^anbelt 2£lg fid) biefeg Ungtutf ereig^ nete roar id) nod) §u $)artg 2f m @ n b e ift eg nod) fet)r un? geroig 34 rourbe itm nid)t gefannt tyaben/ aber er §og ben #ut ab @g regnet md)f, aber eg lann regnen to me, I could hardly be- lieve it When I got home I found that all the family were gone out. She is as amiable as she is beautiful He is not more happy than we are He has behaved himself like a good scholar He has acted like a father I was in Paris when that mis- fortune happened After all it is very uncertain I should not have known him, but he took off his hat It does not rain, but it may 127 (St tft lleiii/ allein er. tt?irb nod) it)ad)[en 3d) ent>artete u>, allein er. lief mir fagen, ba£ er nid)t lommen tonnte 2Sot)in @te aud) gefyen mogen, begletten ©te metne 2Bunfd)e fur 3t)re SSofylfafytt Stinfen ©ie a u d) SBaffer ? 3ft er aud) roeggegangen ? 9fUd)t nur Sttovgeng, fonbern aud) 2£benbg ©te fd)oben eg a u f/ big eg §u fpat roar ©te tft fd)on fett etntgen SOBodfoen auf gegeben roorben % u f ieben gall roerben ©te bie ©tabt nidjt uerlaffen, of)ne ung ju befud)en % u f ieben gall tfyun ©te alg wenn ©te ju £aufe wdren 3d) fage eg Sfynen, auf baf? ©te it>n metben 28tr roerben a lie mogltd)e ©orgfalt fur fte tragen SCBit roerben a 1 1 e jufammen ing ©d;aufptel geljen (§r tft ?£fienfd)/ a I f o fterblid) ©ie l)aben eg etnmal oerfprod)en/ ©te muffen alfo SBort l)al* ten (Sr ifl alfo geftorben ©te geljt jur £erftellung iljter ©efunbljeit ing 2Cug lanb He is little, but he will grow bigger I waited for him, but he sent me word he could not come Wherever you go, you have my good wishes Do you drink water too ? Is he also gone away ? Not only in the morning, but likewise in the evening They put it off till it was too late She has been given over for some weeks At any rate you will not leave town without coming to see us By all means make yourself at home I tell you this in order that you may avoid him We v/ill take all the care possible of them We shall all go together to the theatre He is a man, and therefore mortal You have promised, you must therefore keep your word He is dead then She is going abroad for the recovery of her health 128 SBenn mir aug tern $aufe gefyen, roerben nrit na£ roerben 3C u£ er ©djulb, auf er ©e= fatjr Die 2Cer§te ftnb etnig# ba& i^re £ranft)eit a u f e r bem 23e= reid) bee SRebtctn liegt Sag Sttnfcn tjt fetnem guten SRufe* nod) a u f e r ber ge* fafyrlidjen fflStrfung auf feme ©efunbfjett, nad)tf)eiltg (Su ermnert fid) atleu Singe/ a u fj e r beg ©arteng nidjt @r ttjut eg nid)t/ au^er roenn (Sie eg tt)m befefylen 9D?an rabelt a u % e r it>m 2CHe 325. bet/ beibe/ (gt trdgt tmmer SBaffcn bet ftd) ©ie werben beim Stftittaggeffen bem S3ice4)raftbenten ju= ndd)ft ftfcen ©old) eine 25egebeni)eir £)at ftd) bet 9ftenfd;enleben nid)t ec= eignet SOBtr fpielten Garten big 2CfUtter= nodjt Sec SSrunnen iji big auf ben ©runb etngetroefnet ir erfucren 2te be t b e £uce $u (crjicfen/ bamit rotr aus= .in mogen £)ie beiberfeittgen Ufer beg glufeS bieten tie fdjonjte 2Cb= 'clung bar (53 finb betnafye fteben Satyre/ frit er SDcailanb cerlief 326. ba/ baljer/ bamit, ba§tt/ baran/ £a er mid) einmal betrogen t)at, mid id? i^m nidjt roieber trauen 2)a er reid) roar/ fjatte er oiele greunbej roetdje tie @ute $ats ten it)n alle Sage $u befud:en$ allein feitbem er arm i% ftef>t er ^einen mefyr £ a ber Sag anbrad), reiften rotr nad) 2Sien 25 a er nidjt aufmerffam i|t/ fo trirb er roenig ternen £ie£ ijt urn fc geroiffer/ b a er roenig Salente beft§t ©a fo roenige Seme jugegen Her father will not consent to the marriage until he has got a living We will do this before he comes He dismissed both his clerks immediately We ought to hear both sides of the question We wish you to send both the hats, that we may choose The banks of both sides of the river are beautifully diversified It is nearly seven years since he left Milan bod}/ burdj, burd)au§y baraug/ &c. Since he has deceived me once, I will not trust him again When he was rich he had many friends, who were so kind as to go and see him every day ; but now he is poor he sees no more of them When daylight appeared, we set out for Vienna Since he is not attentive he will learn but little That is the more certain as he possesses but little talent As there were so few people 130 voaun, fo fanb tie S3erftet? gerung nid)t ©tatt 2Bir jagten bafyer/ sefyn Sftet? len in etner (gtunbe ©ie roar metner ©orgfalt nid^t an? oertraut/ unb bat)er fonnte id) fte nicfyt abljalten (5r antmortete nid)t, bafyer gtaubte man <5S roatb alles aufgeboten/ b a m i t bee Urtt)eit6fprudf) nriberrufen roerbe 3$ warnc f£te, bamtt ©ie ftd) in 2£d)t nefymen (5r (oil balb fommen, bann will id) eS tljm corfcfylagen 2Btr merben fpetfen/ bann wollen nrir oon ©efdjeiften fpredien (§g ift fd)ltmme$ ^Better/ barum getje td) nid)t au§ (5c i)at ©elb empfangem bem? nad) fanner @te befriebigen @r n?irb gut lecnen/ benn er ift ftci^ig 3ft er benn fo fletjng aU man fagt? £)e$gleid)en ba§ ©olb/ ba§ ©tl= ber i n g I e i d) e n/ or beg? g I e i d) e n/ ba§ £upfer 3d) !ann nid)t fommen, beg? t) a I b fd)reibe id) 3*>nen @r tyat mir nidjtg baoon ge? fdjrieben/ beSroegen lann id) nid)t present, the sale did not take place. We drove along at the rate of ten miles an hour She was not left under my care, and therefore it was not in my power to pre- vent her He made no reply, therefore people believed Every exertion was made to get the sentence revoked I warn you that you may be upon your guard He will come soon, and then I will propose it to him We will dine, and afterwards talk about business The weather is bad, therefore I do not go out He has received money, con- sequently he can satisfy you He will learn well, for he is diligent Is he then as studious as they say he is ? Gold, and silver as well as copper I cannot come, for that rea- son I write to you He has not written to me about it, consequently I cannot 131 <3ie ftnb atletm b e ft o bcffer, mtr merben befto rufytger fein gr ift befto bebauernSmur=: biger/ ba er mentg S3ermogen &e|t|t 3>e met)r er tjat/ befto mefyr mill er fyabenj or b e ft o mefyr mill er tjaben/ je -metjr er t)at 3tuf btefe 2Crt meif? man bod), moran man ift Qt ift fetjr reid)/ unb bod) ift er fet)r getsig ^ommen Sie bod)/ ober mir getjen ofyne e trtr bag £6mgretd) uerlafien fonnen @ I) e er fort gtng, fyatte er mix ge[agt ®efyen urir fort, e t) e er an= fommt ? 3d) ttmrfce e t) e r gefdjrieben f)aben, wenn id) gewujjt tjarre ©eroofynltd) !ef)ren nrir im 3agb= i)unb e i n ©ie tjat mefyr SSermogen, alg ciner ifyret SSruber lonnen ©ie mix einige gu cermietfyenbeSSofynungen nao> weifen ? (Sine 2Bad)e warb e t g e n b g aufgejfellt, urn einen SSolfgs auflauf gu oerfyuren Sffitr lamen rcieber Dor, unb man fagfe ung nod) e i n- m a 1/ baf? er abwefenb war We shall be obliged to obtain a passport before we can leave the kingdom He told me before he set out Shall we go before he ar- rives ? I should have written sooner if I had known We usually put up at the Greyhound She has a larger fortune than either of her brothers Can you inform me where there are any lodgings to let? A guard was stationed on purpose to prevent a riot We called again, and once more we were told that he was not at home 133 S&ollen <£te fo guttg fetn# bio- [eg Sieb nod) e t n m a I ju ftngen ? @ie roaren entfd)loffen, fid) ju fdilagen bii entire ber ber etne ober ber anbere fiel @ie fcllen itjm en tree ber 2CUcg ober $ftid)tg be§at)Ien @tc rcofynt ntdbt roett entf ernt SBSett entfernt, bafT Mefi ber gall \tii ijr er trielmefyr im ©tanbe, 2Ulen in SSollem gu begafylen ©i'e wobnen fo entf ernt, ttrir lonneu fte md)t oft befudjen gatjren fte etir-a funf v^aufer wetter bie ©trafje fjinunter SBSollen ©te etwag oon btefer Sorte nefymen ? 328. fort, fur, ©te gtngen fort etjc eg bunlel war Setn ©efdjoft getyt fort, ob? mot)l er nid)t im (gtanbe ijr, il)m obguliegen g u r fetnen $>retg wurbe fte ftdf) oon fetncm ©emdlbc tren= nen 2Btr netjmen eg f u r auggemad)t .an, ba£ trtr ©ie btefen 2tbenb fer)en £)er Jtutfcber fufyr 9 e 9 c n einen £l)orpfojren unb roarf ben SBagen urn @r ijegt otele greunbfcrjaft g e= Will you be so kind as to sing that song again ? They were determined to fight until either the one or the other fell They shall either pay him the whole or nothing She does not live far off. So far from that being the case, he can pay all in full They live at such a distance, we cannot see them often Drive about five doors down the street Will you take any of this tart? gegen, gang/ gtetcb. They went away before it was dark His business is carried on, although he is not able to attend to it She would not part with his picture for any money We take it for granted that we shall see you this even- ing The coachman drove against a gate-post and overturned the carriage He has much friendship for N 134 gen biefe Scanner, g e 9 e n biefe SBetber/ 9 e g e n btefe Winter, furj g e g e n atle tteicnigen/ tie auf btefer SQSelt leben ©ein SSenefymen ift nur gered)t g e g e n (Sinen unb ben 2Cn= bent © c g e it SKorgen fy&rten fie ben geuertarm <5S tji mir g a n 5 g I e i d), ob je$t ober ein anbermal 329. these men, for these women , for these children, in short, for all that live in the world His conduct is nothing but justice betwixt man and man Towards morning they heard the alarm of fire It is all the same to me whether now or at an- other time. t)er, t)erob/ t)erauf, fyerunt/ fyerunter/ hart/ tjeutjutoge/ fytnab, fyinauf, fytnauS, fyinteiv fyinburd)/ fytnuber, fc)6d)jr. SSie lange tfr e§ f)et, ba$ ©te How long is it since you first mid) guerft fafjen ? 2)er SRegen jrurgte in ©tromen %i va b £)er 9iegen|'d)auer fam fo plo^= ltd) fyerauf, bap wtr gang burdjnajjt wurben/ efye »tv t*a$ £auS erretd)ten ©te gtngen bte ganjc 9lad)t auf ber ©trafie t)erum 3e|t ttJollen nrir luftroanbeln auf ber Serajfe Return ©te tyat meine £anbfd)ut)e fyerunter gebrad)t @r tjl gang f) e r u n t e r get om= men Sag ©d)tff fegelte t)art am SQSinbe £)ergleid)en eretgnet f£ct> t)eut= gutage felten saw me ? The rain came down in tor- rents The shower came on so sud- denly, that we were wet through before we reached the house They wandered about in the street the whole night Now let us walk about the terrace She has brought my gloves downstairs He is quite down (in the world) The ship was sailing near the wind Such things seldom occur now-a-days 135 ©ie liefen tie ©trctf e i) i n a b (Sr fiel bvet Sreppen t) i n a b SBtr jtiegen ben £ugei nut SRfitye t) i n a u f ©te marteten fiber tie fejtgefe£te 3ett f) i n a u s ©etn #au6 liegt etn ioentg uber tnetneS S3ruber€ ^>aug tjtn a us ©ie £)tebe famen gum genjier fytnetn unb entnrifd)ten burd) bie Winter tfyttre •Die f) i n t e r e ©ette btefeS #aufe§ fyat eine fd)6ne 2Cu§? ftd)t auf ben §lufi 3Cmerila ift in bee fiiteratur rceit Winter ©nglanb jurM ©ie fyanbelten ba§ ganje ©e? fd)dft i) i n b u c d) mit grof er £lu$ett 3)te ^flanjen Mufyen bag ganje Satyr fytnburd) 3Sir wupten e§ tie gange $tit fyinbu'td), ha$ er !ein ©elb fyatte/ urn feiner tfuSfdjroeU fung §u genugen 33tr benfon im gru^tinge nad) Seutfd)lanb t) i n u b e r ju gefyen £)tef $>ferb n>irb fy 6 d) ft wat)r= fd)einlid) fur mid) paffenb fcin. They ran down the street He fell' down three pair of stairs We walked up the hill with difficulty They waited longer than the appointed time His house is situated a little farther out than my bro- ther's The thieves came in at the window and went out at the back door The back part of this house has a beautiful look-out upon the river America is far behind Eng- land in literature They acted throughout the whole business with great discretion These plants flower through- out the whole year We If new during the whole time that he had not money to support his ex- travagance We think of going over to Germany in the spring This horse looks very likely to suit me. 330. tm, in, inbem, ivgenb, tnnerfyalb. ©ie bcfd)ulbtgen ifyn ber 23er= They accuse him of extrava- 136 fdjwenbung/ unb er ijr tm (in bent) ©egentl)eil efjer fpar|am (SS ijl befd)roerltd)er tm (in bem) (Sinjelnen/ alg i m ©anjen §u serfaufen (5r tjt i n alien ^unjlgviffen beg £anbtt?erfS oewanbert SStr wurben con SRaubern an* gefyalten, i n b e m nrir uber bie ©emeinbewetbe gingen ferbe gu nel)men g-ance, and on the contrary he is rather parsimonious It is more troublesome to sell by retail than by wholesale He is up to all the tricks of the trade We were stopped by robbers as we were crossing the common It appears to be labour in vain to make any thing of him Have you by chance taken my book ? She always lives within her income It is not within my ability to serve him He got greatly into debt in a short time They have lately got into favour again They were under the neces- sity of taking four horses. 331. \i, ieber/ jemalS/ meljr, mit, mttteljt. ©obalb td) e§ i e in metner S0iad)t t)abe/ will id) it)n em= pfel)len £aben ©te je fo etwaS lib* fdjeulidjeS get)6rt ? SSon alien Stolen/ bie id) \ e fal> tft er ber 2Bibern>arttg|re 3e nuiv ©te !6nnen faum son As soon as eyer I have it in my power, I will recom- mend him Did you ever hear any thing so abominable ? Of all the men I ever saw he is the most provoking Why, you can hardly expect 137 foldjen Sfltannern ein anbereS SBenefymen enoartcn 3Bir roolten ju jeber ©tunbe ju SKittog fpetfen/ oie ©ie bejrtmmen 3ebc6 Sing fyatfeine Sett 3ebermann fttmmt unferer SMnung bei ©ic tft jebe fyalbt ©tunbe an? berer SJteinung SBenn ftc i em a IS feme ©utc sergajsen, fo rourbe ba$ fefyr unbanEbai* son ifynen fein (§r forberte tne|r al3 ben SKarftpretS/ unb ftc gafylten ifym nod) etne ©uinee me^r, al€ fte ifyra fdiulbig roaren 9Kit n?eld)em ©d)tffe roirb er bic Ueberfa'ort rnacfyen ? 3d) jd)tcfe meinc SSriefe mtt bet S>oft ©ie flagen xtjn be§ SMebjiafyls m i t gutem ©runbe an @r ^ampft m t 1 gtojjen ^)tn= bccniffcn fDlittelft bet: SRettungSbote roatb bit SJtanfcbaft gerettct different conduct from such men We will dine at any hour you will fix There is a time for every thing Every body agrees with us in opinion Her opinion changes every half hour If ever they forgot his kind- ness it would be very ungrateful of them. He asked more than the mar- ket price, and they paid him a guinea over and above what they owed him By what ship does he take his passage ? I send my letters by the post It is on good ground that they accuse him of theft He is labouring under great disadvantages The crew were saved by means of life-boats. 332. nad), nad)bem, nat)e, nte, ntrgenb, nodi, nun/ nur. SBoUen ©ie nad) bcm Sijec Will you take a walk after etnen ©pa£iergang mad)en? 9ft a d) fteben Ut)t toerbe i&) ju Sfyren ©tenften [ein 9ft a d) unb nad) roerben wir eg crfullen lonnen tea? After seven o'clock I shall be at your service By degrees we shall be able to accomplish it N 3 138 $ftan fann nad) eincm @erud)t lein Urtfyeil fallen 9d ad) alien UmjUnben in biefer erbe geboren @t)e n?ir unterjeicfynen, muffen n?ir n>iffen/ ob ber ©egen= franb eg serbient ©te beroofynen greet dimmer in One cannot judge from re- port Under all the circumstances of the case I would advise you to go They did not arrive till after the service had begun She is nearly allied to the royal family I can never consent to it You must venture it now or never You were never more mis- taken in your life. I cannot find your sister any where They do not yet know what it is to have a family Now it is all over They had but two children, and these died in their in- fancy It wants only a few minutes to five o'clock. fel,r, fett, felbjt, fo, fonft. Whether rich or poor, high or low ; man is born to trouble Before we subscribe we must know whether the object be deserving They have two rooms on the 139 bem untern unb bret in bem o b e r n ©tocfroer! (St mar o t) n e alien 3»etfel ber gropte ©iaatsman feiner Sett 3d) fann nid)t abreifen, ofyne 2Cbfdjieb oon Sfynen ju nel)= men Sie erfyielten einen ftrengen SSer^ meiS^ bod) o t) n e SKMrf ung Um meldje jSeit merben rote bag SSergnugen fyaben @ie gu fefyen ? fatten fie fid) umgefefyn/ fo muvben fie unS gefeljn Ijaben £5ie Seitung erfdjeint etnen Sag um ben anbern (Sr ift f e % r mol)l/ id) banEe Stmen @6 ift lange f)er feit fie oon tt)m l)6rten Seine getnbe felbjl bemuns berten itm fatten fie MZ spferb fid) f e I b ft ubeilaffen/ fo murbe eS anS Ufcr gefdjroommen fein So oft ©te ocrfommen, mill id) mit 3i)nen gefyen Sie befi^en f o oiel ©tolj/ bajj fie immer elenb finb 2Benn <£ie (on ft 9Ud)tS §u ttjun £>abeti/ fo gefyen ©ie mit mtr in§ 23illiarbsimmer$ menn fonjl irgenb iemanb ta ift/ metben »ir ntd)t fpielen ground floor and three up stairs He was beyond all doubt the greatest politician of his time I cannot go without taking leave of you They were severely repri- manded, but without effect About what time shall we have the pleasure of seeing you ? If they had looked behind them, they would have seen us The newspaper is published every other day He is very well, I thank you It is a long time since they heard from him His very enemies admired him If they had left the horse alone, he would have swum on shore Whenever you call, I will go with you They have so much pride that they are always miserable If you have nothing else to do, walk with me to the billiard-room ; if any body else be there we will not play 140 334. tro|/ ubel, fiber/ unter/ unoergleid)Itd), millfommen, oon, oor/ ooraug. <5t befyarrt t r o § beg SStber? ftanbeg (Sr l)at (cine Section nid)t u b e I aufge[agt ®te roerben eg u b e I nefymen/ roenn gfte ntdjt fommen 2tlleg u b e r ber (Srbc roar er= froren @ic janften fid) u b e r eine blofe ^teintgfeit (5r fyat i>k SJcild) uber mein £letb gegoffen (§g finb uiele n?ct)lge!leibete Seute unter bem 23olfg= fyaufen @ie nafymen bag #aug u n= ter ber SSebingung, ba§ eg ganjlicb ausgebeftert ir-ecben foltte Unter ung gefagt/ id) benfe er ifl in grower @efat>r ©ie »arb unter ber SSojp* munbfdjaft itjreg Styetmg §u= ruct'gelaffen DiefeS ©tucf ©eibengeug tjr u n^ o e r g I e i d) 1 1 d) beffer alg bag anbere erfonen gin? gen in feterltdjem 3uge o o r bem £aifer ber SGStr gafylten t$m bte SKtetye fur ein 3ai)t im o o r a u S. I would not part e^/j this picture for any money Of all the men you ever saw he is the most amiable The sale went off very well He has found his broach which he had lost a long time ago He is the last but one upon the list All the magistrates walked in solemn procession be- fore the emperor We paid him a year's rent in advance. 335. roeber/ roteber/ roiber/ rote/ roetl/ rcegeti/ roett/ tomtit roarum, roeSfyalb/ gu/ gurutf/ groifefyen. ©te rottl eg tt) e b e r fyaben nod) fasten lafien ©te fatten w e b e r ©elb nod) greunbe SBtr tjoffen/ ©te roerben un§ balb m i e b e r fdjretben ©te unternafym bte Sftetfe gang to i b e r tt)re Sftetgung SB t e eg nun faro./ roar eg gang gut/ bafj nut batjtn gtngen 2Btr fatten 9tid)ts bagegen/ gu fatjren/ to e i I ba$ ^Better fo ungunfttg roar (5r entltefj ifyri/ ro e i I et fid) She will neither have it nor leave it alone They had neither money nor friends We hope you will soon write to us again She undertook the journey quite against her inclina- tion As it happened, it was very well that we went thither As the weather was so un- favourable we had no ob- jection to ride He dismissed him because 142 fetn SKiffalleii jugejogen fcatte S)ie £tnber rourben be§ gteberg m e 9 e n aufg Sanb gefcfyitft ©eg 2fnjranb§ m e g e n muffen fte herein lommen ©te nxtren nid)t m e 1 1 gereifi, al§ ftc fanben, baf auf ben £anbftra£en nid)t burd)$utom= men roar (Sr brang wetter ins 2>nnere beg Sanbeg/ aid (cine @efdf)r= ten SB e n n er jtd) nid)t barin ge* mt(d)t fjatte, rourbe eS um3 ungemein roof)l gelungen fetn 2B e n n id) ityn fefye, fo will id) it)m fagen, n>a6 ©ie duflern 2B a r u m fpannen ©ie Sfyren 3Regenfd)irm ntdjt auf ? ©agen ©ie mir bod), w e § t) a I b man lautet ? Srlauben ©te mir, Sfynen einen ©ejfel j urn (§ u bem) fta? mtn $u fe£en 3ule|t bercog er feinen 23ruber if)m ©elb §u lettjen ©ie raerben §u Sanbe reifen, unb roir rcerben gett>if gu ber bejn'mmfen $tit Ui u)nen fetn SSir gtngen g u gu£ ba§in/ roir f e&rten aber j u ^Pferbe jurutf @r ifr ju serbtnblid)/ al§ baf er Sfynen biefen 2)ienft nid)t erroetfen follte he had incurred his dis- pleasure The children were sent into the country on account of the fever They must come in for the sake of appearance They had not travelled far when they discovered that the roads were impassable He penetrated beyond his companions into the inte- rior of the country But for his interference we should have succeeded uncommonly well If I see him, I will tell him what you say Why do you not put up your umbrella ? Do tell me, why the bells are ringing ? Allow me to set you a chair near the fire At last he prevailed upon his brother to lend him money They will go by land, and we shall certainly be with them by the time appointed We went thither on foot, but we returned on horseback He is too obliging not to ren- der you that service 143 ©te toerben nidjt jkit jurfitf §u !ommen fyaben 2Cl§ er geftern bet 3t;ncn uov? lam, lief? er fetnen ©papier* ftocB gurud SBir rcarfen ung 5 n> t f d) e n tie banner/ urn fie 00m 3n>ets tampf abgufyalten @g tyerrfdjte ctn fDiifoerftdnbrnf j»ifd)en ifynen 2Bir fafyen ben gud)g grctfdjen ben £uf)nern ©ntroeber er/ ober fein SBruber 3d) merbe entroeber fommeri/ ober 3fynen fdjretben galU fte rommeiv fo fagen ©te 3t)nen #ter ift bcr ©d)lujfel/ im §aUe ©te augget)en @S folgt f er ne r barauS £)ie ©ad)e ift betannf, fotgltd) muf3 man f)6ren, roag baoon gefprocfyen mirb ©efefct/ baji btefj mafyr fci 5 or, gefefct btef? jet roafyr You will not have time to come &#etbenl)ett/ 1 1) e i I g ©anftmutfy gerom= nen tfym Stebe S t) e i I g in @elb, 1 1) e i I g in SBudjern £)er £imme( unb bie (Srbc 11 n g e a d) t e t id) alletn bin. I shall set out as soon as the weather is fine Let us walk fast, otherwise we shall have rain On the one handhh modesty, on the other his gentleness makes him beloved Part in money, and part in books Heaven and earth Although I am alone, o 146 341. otelmefyr/ met/ weniget*/ wann/ wenn/ wenn aud)/ wenn gletd}/ wo/ wofern/ jumal/ jwar. 3d) glaube o i e I m e t) r 5 or/ / much rather believe melmefw glaube ify dv i)at eg nid)t rijun lonnen/ unb t)tel weniger fetn SSruber 2Benn er eg mrfjt wetjj/ wie oiel w e n t g e r fetn greunb ? SOS a n n tjl er abgereift ? SB a n n wirb ec jurucffommen? §83 e 1 1 er Iran! ift/ fo farm er eg md)t ttjun @r lebt wie (alg) wenn er retd) ware S3 e n n er aud) reiser wave SB e n n id) aud) gleid) biefe g«unbfd)aft fur tfm nid)t fyatte 5S @ie mir fyelfen SOS f e r n ©ie fid) bejfern (5r wirb nicfyt fommen lonnen/ I u m a I wenn fein SSrubec angefommen ift eg ift a w a r fd)6neg SGSetter. He could not do it, and much less his brother If he do not know it, how much less will his friend know it ? When did he set out? When will he come back ? He cannot do it, because he is ill He lives as if he were rich Though he were richer If even I had not this friend- ship for him If you help me If you mend He will not be able to come, especially if his brother be arrived It is indeed fine weather. 147 CHAPTER VIII. 341. IDIOMATIC AL PHRASEOLOGY; OR, FAMILIAR PHRASES ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE MOST USEFUL PECULIARITES OF THE VERBS— abget?en, abfommen/ abfagen/ anfangen, angetjen, anfd)mben, an? fommen, aufbtnben, auffufyren, auffyalten, auffagen/ aufroarten, auggeben, augmadjen, augfel)en/ tyerauggebem fid) bebenfem fid) be^ banlen/ finben, fid) beftnben* ftefyen/ befremben/ fid) befummern, befhetten, beftellen, bofe metnen, bofe werben/ bofe fein/ brtngen, gubringen, umbrtngen, babei fetn, ftd) etnlaffen/ etnliegen, efetn, entbefyrem erleben/ fid) erroefyren, etntreffen/ fallen/ fet)len, ©aft fetn, sugetjen, fid) gefallen laffen, tyaben, tjalten^ anreben, tjeiikn, t)tn fetn* feljen/ £6renfagen/ erbltcfen, geroafyi: roerben/ fommen/ lauten, belteben, i)tnterful)ren, liegen/ fid) mad)en, 25latt nefymen, SKotl) fyaben, fdjeren/ fid) fd)iden, fd)mec!en lajfen/ fd)lagen/ folkri; fptelen, ftetfen, augtreten/ reel) tl)un/ 2Sinb fyaben, auglaffen, burfen, muffen, mogen, and wotlen. £)tefe SBaare gel)t nid)t ab r baran gelegen 3d) laffe eg barauf anfommen @g fommt nid)t barauf an @g tjt mir fcbmet angefommen £)arauf lommt eg an 9Jtan ffefyt eg tf)m an SKan ft'efyteg tt)m nid)t an (Sr t)at eg tfjm aufgebunben (Sr fut)rt fid) gut auf SQBenn ©ie mollen/ fo !ann id) ©re auffufyren 2Bag rcirb SCRorgen aufgefut)rt ? @r t)dlt fid) in ber ©tabt auf 3d) Ijalte ©ie otelleidjt auf (5r t)at bie 9Bot)nung aufgefagt (Sr gibt bk £offnung auf SDarf id) 3t)nen bamit aufroar= ten? SDarf id) bem #errn — meine 2tufroartung mad)en ? (§r gibt fid) fur einen grofien sfliann aug £onnen ©ie mir t)erauggeben ? SDtodfoen ©ie eg mit einanber aug (Sr ftet>t ubel aug @g ftet)t aug/ atg rcenn eg regnen tootle 3d) will mid) baruber bebenfen 3d) bebanfe mid) He takes my part He thinks of nothing but his business I am greatly concerned about it Come what may, I am prepa- red to meet it That does not decide it I obtained it with great dif- ficulty There 's the rub He carries it in his face His look does not bespeak it He has rated him. He conducts himself well I can introduce you when- ever you please What is the play to-morrow? He lives in town Perhaps I am detaining you He has given up the house He is in despair May I offer you this ? Can I pay my respects to Mr.— ? He would have people believe he is a great man Can you give me change for this ? Settle it among yourselves He looks ill It looks as if it would rain I will think of it I thank you 149 @r finbet e§ fur gut @r befinbet (id) gut 2Bie befinben @ie fid) ? 2Ba6 ftef)t ju 3r,ren Stenfkn ? ©uten Sftorgen, metn £err, metn gr&utein 2Bte befinbet ftd) 3&c £err SSruber ? Unb »ie beftnbet fid) 3§re 3ung= ♦ fer (grauletn) @d)wefler ? SGSte befinben ftd) 3fyr £«r SSiU ter, 3t)r £err ©d)tuager/ 3*)re 3ungfer Safe/ 3i)re 3ungfer ©djwagevum ? Sefinbet ftd^ 3$r £err SSater tt)Of)l? 2Bte befinbet ftd) 3*)re grau Gutter? 4?aben ©te 3fy«n £errn £)f)eim gefetjen ? ffiefinbet er ftd) mofyl ? Unb 3^te grau Sante (9Xui)me), rote befinbet fie ftd) ? fSSie befinben ftd) 3fyre £erren SSruber, Styre Sungfern ©dweftern, 3fyre £erren SSettern, unb 3f)« Sungfern SSafen? 3d) fyabe tjeute 3fyren £errn ©rofbater gefefjen SKte fleet's urn fetne ©efunb= tjett? 2Bte befinbet ftd) Styre grau ©ropmutter ? ©uten 2Cbenb, mein £err, n?ie befinben ©te fid) ? He has a good opinion of it He is in good health How do yon do ? What can I do for you ? Good morning, Sir, Miss How is your brother ? And how is your sister ? How are your cousin, your brother-in-law, and your sister-in-law ? Is your father well ? How is your mother ? Have you seen your uncle ? Is he well ? And how is your aunt ? How are your brothers and sisters, and how do your cousins do ? I have seen your grandfather to-day How does he do ? How is your grandmother ? Good evening, Sir, how do you do ? o3 150 ©e$r n?ot)l/ aottf ommen mot)t/ iergeffen Knb tie fSttetmge gel)t nidjt/ fte tft btefen SXorgen ftetjcn ge= btteben $err — ttrirb uns ofync ^roetfel fageri/ rote mel Ut)c eg tft 3a, meine £erren, eg ttrirb gletd) ad)t Ufyt fetn/ eg ifl bret mettel auf ad)t Ut)c ©g tft fpater alg id) gtaubte 2Cuf metner Ufyr tft eg etft t)atb ad)t 3t)re W)r gef)t §u langfam &a$ !ann n>ot»l fetn ; aUetn bie Sfyrtge get)t oteUetdjt ju fcfyneU 3d) glaube eg ntd)t$ benn tdj tyabe fte urn jroSlf Ufyt geflellt Sag befrembet mid) @r betummert ftd> urn 9tid)ts 23efummert eud) urn eure ©ad)en (Sr beruft fid) auf mid) £um SSeften bet 2£rmen (Sr fann eg nid)t beftreiten Very well, quite well, I thank you Are you inclined to take a walk? No, Sir, I think it is too late. What time is it ? Do you not know what time it is ? I should like to know precisely what time* it is I have forgotten my watch And mine does not go, it stopped this morning Mr. — will tell us, no doubt, what time it is Yes, Sirs (Gentlemen), it wants a quarter to eight It is later than I thought it was By my watch it is but half- past seven Your watch is too slow That may be ; but perhaps yours goes too fast I do not think so ; for I put it right at twelve o'clock I am surprised at that He troubles himself about nothing Mind your own business He appeals to me For the benefit of the poor He cannot afford it 151 2k fyaben fid) einanbeu beftellt 2£tr wollen eg babet beroenben laffen £)abet fyat eg fetn 25eroenben @t metnt eg nid)t bofe @r iji bofe auf mid) @r trtrb gleid) bofe JCKeS gefatlen £5ag tft tfym angeboren 3d) gonne eg tfym (Sr §at eg gut bet tfym (§r will eg bureaus fyaben, taf id) tfym fdjreibe (gg »trb i)att fatten iSr i)dlt reinen 93?unb 3d) tyatte (Sud) beim SBort SDic >£ungttgen treten tjtngU/ unb fatten tf)re SKa^ljeit @te ijietten ofyngefafyr auf bee £alfte beg S5ergeg etne Heine Sftufje, unb nafjmen ein §rul> ffcuc! im SBtttfyg^aufe ein (gr fyielt etne fraftoolle 2Cnrebe @inigc fytetten u)n fur etnen ^igeuner (£g rcaren fo mete Zeute ba, bafj id) ifyn nidjt ijabe onreben lonnen ($g ki|?f, oaf* eg nid)t roafyr fei (Sr fyetfjt mid) feinen S«unb Sffiie fyeifjt man biefe ^)flanjf/ btefeg Si)ier ? ©ein @elb ift tyn Stjut eg ja nid)t 3d) !enne ii)n uom Sefyen 3d) fenne u)n com iporenfagen SGSir erblicften btefen SORenfdjen oon feme 5 et* tjatte fid) tange Will you dine with me ? How does it answer? This does not do Nothing comes amiss to him It is bred in him Let him enjoy it He does what he likes with him Nothing will do but I must write to him It will be difficult to accom- plish He can keep a secret I take you at your word Let those who are hungry step up and take their meal They rested a little about half way up the mountain, and took breakfast at the public house He made an energetic speech Some were for looking upon him as a gipsy There was such a crowd of people that I could not speak to him They say it is not true He calls me his friend What is the name of this plant, of this animal ? His money is gone Do not do it I know him by sight I know him by reputation We perceived this man at a distance ; he had for a 153 gegen ung cerftellt/ enblid) rourben nrir gemafyr/ bap er ung fyintergefyen moltte 3d) !ann nidjt baffintet fommen ©c iffc oon ©innen gefommen ©o eben nad)bem eg lommt 3d) Eann ntdjts bafur. ftafe @r fyat tfym etne 9tafe gebrefyt 3ief)t (Sud) fetbft bet ber 9Kafe @g i)at letne Sdoty anl fdjulbtg @g foil roaljr fetn (Sr foil ein Sttann t-on gtopem Xrrfeljen fetn (St foil batjin gel)en ©ie follen bag tljun ©olten wit eg tljun, ober md)t ? $&a$ foil fte bamit madjen? ©oil id) Sfcnen ©efellfd>aft letften ? 2Bag foil bag tjeipen ? 3Bag mollen ©ie ; bap fte tlntn follen? 2£tr follen fdjretben 3d) nrill, bap @te mtr- fdjretben follen <§g foil unb muf fetn 3d) t)dttc it)m fd)retben follen ©te fatten ti)n bejatjlen follen SBag follen biefe ^tanje ? 2Bo$u foU mtr btefeg ©elb ? 2Bem foil btefet ©traujj ? He takes after his father They are all of the same stamp I have banished it from my mind He has taken up his abode What o'clock has it struck ? This horse kicks Has he done already ? He will come, never fear ! He is under great obligations to me They say it is true He is taken for a man of great consequence He is to go thither They are to do that Are we to do it, or not ? What is she to do with it ? Am I to bear you company? What is the meaning of that ? What would you have them to do? We are to write I would have you write to me It must needs be so I ought to -have written to him You ought to have paid him What is the meaning of these garlands ? Of what use will this money be to me ? Who is to have thi3 nosegay ? 156 @ie folten ifyn beteibigt fyaben (St fpannt tie fatten gu §odj @c jpielt Garten ©ie fpieit $taoiec £iec ftecft (Strcag ba^tnter (Sr jtecft in (gdjulben SBo jtecft er benn ? (St blieb in fciner SRebe jiecfen SBie ftarf mac bh @efeU(d)aft ? 3M) ftetje Sfynen gut bafuc ©er SSerjlanb bleibt mic jtefyen <5c tritt auS bem ©eleife (3c fallt mit bee St)uv ins #auS SCRata @ie teine Umjt&nbe (3c fyat eg mir ju uecbanfen gur btefeg 9ftal muf? tcf) e6 mic oerbttten Sec JCopf unb bie 3afyne tfyun mic wet) (3c i)at SDSinb bacon (St lapt jeinen 3ocn an mic au$ (3S fdjwebt mic auf bee £unge @g ftet)t ttube au$ SOSic molten bacuber bebenlen 3$ tcage rein S3ebenfen/ eS tt)m ju geben 9tod) fein gup ijat in biefeS gcaufcnsolle Sunfet einbrin= gen bucfen You are supposed to have offended him He takes too much upon himself He plays at cards She plays on the piano There is something at the bottom which we do not know He is over head and ears in debt Where is he concealed ? He made a dead stand in the middle of his discourse How many persons were there in the company ? I will answer for it I am quite astonished He wanders from his subject He acts inconsiderately Do not stand upon ceremonies He is indebted to me for it I must beg to be excused this time My head and teeth ache He has a clue to it He vents his rage upon me I have it at the end of my tongue The weather is overcast Let us reflect upon it I would willingly let him have it No foot has yet dared to penetrate these gloomy horrors 157 @c barf 2(Ueg tt>un/ wa$ er fann Qt barf ntdjt in i>a$ £au$ lorn* men £)urfen wtr fragen ? £)arf fte mitf ommen ? £)uvfen fte e§ wtffen ? (Sr braud)t ©elb/ unb er mup bureaus welcfyeS tjaben @ie fyaben e§ t&un muffen 3d) fyaben etnen SSrtef fd)tetben muffen 3d) mupte eS tfjun ©ie m5gen fo rctd) fein alS fte molten/ fte muffen fterben 3d) mag tt)m md)t fcfyretben ©ie mag btefe§ SSrdb ntdjt effen Qt mod)te wotyl (StwaS bason fa ben (5r will eg gefyort fyaben 3d) will etntge *8ud)er faufen £)tefe @ad)e will forgfetfttg in 2Cd)t genommen fein fSstr wolten btefeS fd)6ne ^Setter benu|em unb etn wenig auf'S gelb gefyen ©ben barum wollte id) arig/ mein dimmer tjr bag @d)5njre in ber Unioerfitdt/ id) bin bag @d)6nfte in meinem 3tmmer/ ergo, bin id) ber fd)6nfle sjftenfd) in ber SBett." II. Grin (Sinaugtger roettere mit einem Sftcnfdjen/ ber ein guteg ©eftd)t fyarte/ bap 'er mer;r fdr)e atg er. 2Me 3Bette wurbe ange= nommen. //3d) I)abe geroonnen," fd)rie ber (Sinaugige/ //benn id) fetje an £)tr smei tfugen/ 25u aber ft'efyft an mir nur (Sing.' 7 III. (Sin junger 2(tr;entenftfd)er £affe mad)te einfl bem roeifen 2Cnad)arft'g ben SSorrourf/ ba$ er ein rotjer ©c^ttje rodre. //3d) mad)e meinem SSaterlanbe un 2UleS con ben ©olbaten rein auSgeplunbect tt)arb/ lief? er ben §3^is lofopfyen (Stilpon gu fid) rufcn/ unb fragte ifyn: £)b ec bti biefer S3errc>irrung nid)t bag ©eintge cerloren t)abe ? ,/9tein/" fagte ©tilpon, ,/benn 2CUeS n?ag id) fyabe, liegt in metnem ^opfe." VI. 2(16 ^onig $P&tlipp con SDtocebomen §u (Sorintt) ben jungern £)ionc,ft'ug §um Sffen tjatte/ cerlad)te jener ben 23ater con biefcm/ iceil er sugteid) gfirft unb n ben (Stunben/" emueberte bee jungere ©tongftus bem £onig, „ba £)u unb id) faufen/ unb un6 lufttg mad)en." VII. (Sin ©ternbeuter fagte einem grauenjtmmer/ tceldjeS gubtctg bee (Slfte Hebtc/ ttjren Sob corner. ,, Unb 2)U/" fagte ber ^onig/ „ber £>u2Clle§ rceijjt, tcann nrirjt £u jtecben?" — r/S5rei Sage doc an ber aftatifefyen ijerumjie&enben Sartarn ntdjt einmal ein £auS beft|t unb blojj com SKaube Ubt, in feinem sklte nur SJlild) unb spferbefleifd) §at/ fo l&jjt er burd) einen £erolb oer!unbt= gen : alien 3)otentaten, gurjten unb £erren biefer (Srbe fei nun cergonnt ein @leid)eS ju tljun. x. SDkn erjaljlte einjt in einec ©efellfdjaft al€ ein SOSunber, bafj ein genuffec 9Xenfd) ciec unb gwanstg Sage ofyne ©fien jugebradjt fyabe. 160 //Sue ©elb woltte id) bag aud) tf)un/" fagte (Siner— /; @i/ rate rcoltten a»agaienfeber auf ber 9tafe tyabt." ©ogleid) griff ber ©cfyulbtge nad) ber 9cafe.— //£u toil's*" fuc;r ber #err fort/ „ ber mid) bcjlot)Xen $at 5 bie grofe ©d)Iange l)at eS mir offen= baret/" — unb er befam fein ©elb roteber. XII. Semanb madftt mit bem $>rofeffor 23obmer eine SKeife ju 93ferbe burd) tfppenjell. ©ie famen an ein SOScggatfer: , f $Raro= fefjcr ?"— // Sag ift ein SJflann/ ber 2tlleg fann!"— //9cun fo braud)t er mid) nid)t j fo roirb er aud) bag ©alter offnen tonnen." XIII. 3nber©d)lad)t bei ge&rbellin fap ber£urfutfigriebericr,5ffitlr;elm con SSranbenburg auf einem rceipen $>ferbe. ©ein ©tallmeijter groben mnltt, bap bit ©d)tceben oorjuglid) auf biefeg $>ferb jielten/ roeit eg fid) burd) feine garbe con ben Uebrigen unterfd)ieb. @r bat bal)er feinen .germ/ bap er mit t$m taufefyen mod)te/ unb rcanbte cor/ bag $>ferb beg £urfurjten tcare fd)eu. .Kaum fyatte biefer getreue Wiener einige 2Cugenbltd)e barauf gefeffen/ fo rourbe er erfd)ojfen/ unb erljielt alfo/ burd) feinen Zob, bag Seben beg £urfurjlen. XIV. S5ei einem gropen gejl/ weldjeS 2Uboen/ ber ftontg ber Songobarben/ gu SSerona gab/ liep er fid)/ com 2Sein unb £od}mutl) txt)i§t, ben £irnfd)dbel .ftunimunbg/ jtonigg ber ©epiben/ bringeti/ unb sroang fogar beffen Softer SRofamonb; bit er jur ©emafjlinn fyatte, bit £irnfd)ale ifyreg SSaterg alg Srinfgefdp ju gebraua>n. £5ie ^oniginn/ 161 n>eld)e uber btefen unmenfd)lid)en it>r angetfyanen 3roang auperft aufc gebrad)t war/ geroann burd) ibre 8iebr~ofungen cinen tapfern £ongo= barben/ unb bracfyte ii)n burd) tfyre S3erfut)rung bafyin/ bap er ben ,K5nig im SSette tSbtete. XV. (Sin SOtanti/ bee tmmer unoerbeiratfyet geblieben roar, rebete bem $tytlofopt)en (Spiftet gu/ eine grau gu nebmen. 2)a er itjm alle m6glid)e ©runbe oorbielt/ bte ibn bagu beroegen fonnten/ anttcortete il;m ©piltet: „©o gieb mir benn eine Don Seinen &6d)tew." XVI. (Sin grofier ©d)toa§er t)ielt ben SMtrcetfen ttriftoteleS an, unb ftng ati ii)m eine gtei&e abgefd)mac£ter unb lappifd)er tS^dtjrdjen gu etrgatjlen^ bei jebem neuen ©tutfd)en fragte er> ob ba$ nid)t red)t rounberbar fei. ,/3)aS ijr nid)t fo rounberbar/" fagte ber SBelttueife gu it)m; //alS bap ein 3Kann, ber nod) (eine SSeine tyat, rurjig folate 2tlbernt)eiren antyort." XVII. (Sin ©etefyrter/ ber ben Sittonb aU einen bem unfrigen afynlicfyen SBeltforper anfafy, uberreicfyte einem gurjten in Untertijanigleit ein SSud), tt>eld)e§ con biefem 3fteid)e fyanbelte. Stacfybem ber gurjt einige 3eilen barin getefen fyattt, fagte er gu it)m : // SOSenn id) einjt SSe= berrfefyer beg SRetdjS roerbe/ oon weldbem ©ie fpred)en/ fo gabten ©ie barauf/ ba% id) ©ie sum ©tattbalter barin macfyen werbe." XVIII. ©in ©aSconier rutjmte einem $>arifer fein fd)arf e^Seftdjt 5 unb ba biefer ifym antmortete, er fefye aud) fefyr gut/ fo fragte tt>n bet ©aSconier/ auf ben St)urm ber £iebfrauens£ird)e beutenb: ,,&tyen ©ie bie gjlauS/ bie ba oben auf bem S&urme tduft?"— //3d) febe fte nid)t/" oerfe^te ber $>artfer, /,aber id) bore fte traben." XIX. (Sin Sfftjter/ ber in einer ©d)tad)t urn ein SSein gelommen toav, batte fid) ein anbereS oon £otg mad)en laffcn. £urge 3ett fjernad) nabm e§ ibm eine ^anonenlugel n>eg. SMejenigen/ tt>eld;e urn ity\ berum ftanben, fdjrien: ,,9Ran bote gefd)tt>inb ben Sffiunbargt ber- bei!"— //^ein/ nein/ meine greunbe/" fagte ber Dffigier gang rubig gu itjnen: „ bolet ben 3immermann." p3 162 xx. 2Ctg fid) ein «£anbrcerf§mann gu einem grofen #errn begeben tjatte/ it)n urn ben c-erbtentcn 2Crbeitgtof)n gu bitten^ perwetgerte tf)m btefer benfetben/ unb ba ber #anbwerfgmann nid)t won feinem 23e= getjren ablief?/ gab iljm ber £err etne O^rfcige unb fdn'crte it>n fort, (gtnige 3eit nad)f)er fudjtc jener oon neuem urn fctnc SScgabtung an. 2Clg tfyn ber £err tng dimmer treten fat)/ fragte er feinen Slensalter, ob ber #anbwevfgmann nod) SKidjtg empfangen f)abe. //(guer ©naben »ergeit)en/" antwortete biefer/ //er t)at etne Styrfetge empfangen." XXI. (gin junger spring son fteben 3at)ren befaj? bet pieter TCrtigfett ungemein m'elen SSerftanb. (gtnft war er ber ©egenftanb ber 2Se= wunberung etner ©efellfd)aft. (gin alter ^auptmann, weld)er bte tfym erttjeilten 2obfprud)e mtt ant)orte/ fagte jiemltd) laut: //Jtinber/ weldje in einem fo jarten filter fo melen SSerftanb jetgen, tjaben oft fefyr wenig/ wenn ft'e erwadbfen ft'nb." £er junge spring/ weld)er biep get)6rt batte/ antwortete it)m in gletdjem Sone: ,i$nv v^aupts mann, <5ie mtiffen in Sfyrer ,Kinbt>ett unenblid) mel SSerftanb be* fe fieri t)aben." XXII. „@d:ameft 2)u ©id) nid)t ju betteln?" fagte ein ©eijiger ju einem Saugenid)to/ ber tt)n urn ein tflmofen anfprad) $ /,3Du bift jung unb jtarl/ unb fannft arbetten."— ,, Sftein #err," antwortete it)m ber Settler/ //id) wollte ©elb t>on S^nen/ unb feinen SRatt)." XXIII. (gin (gbetmami/ weldjer fd)on lange con feiner «$eimatt) abwefenb war/ begegnete einem 23auer attg feiner ©egenb/ unb nadjbem er ft'dj nad) mebreren iefe grcunbinn fyattt jufaltiger SGSetfe eben bagfelbe 93ucf)/ unb nad)bem fte ben SSricf bartn gefunben fyatU, antwortete fte bar= auf mit folgenben SBorten: /,3Jietn ^err/ id) §abc Sfyren 23rtef empfangen,* menben urfe mad)en rourbe, unb fagte baf)er/ um bemfelben guuor 5U fommen, fef)r eilig: //$8er$eit)en n, tr-enn er nidjt ginger sum Seufel fd)ic!en rourbe $ anttr-ortete biefer : „ 2Senn @ie bag tf)un, bann roerbe ia) Sbrem SSater ergdt)len, tuie an."— „9tun, San, ©etn SRotf brennt." XXXVII. „9fUtn, nun, ba gef)t eg ja fet)r gut, unb ber $ulg ift beffer," fagte ein 2Crgt ju feinem tfranfenj „id) fef)e, @ie fjaben meine SSorfdjrift befolgf." — „<2ie befolgt?" anttr-ortete ber ©enefenbe. 166 #/©te mollen oerjeifyen, £ert doctor h ober bie§ wave unmogltd) gemefen, ofyne ben ^>al§ §u bredjen." // 2Bte (o ? " „ 3d) t)abe Sflecept unb 2lrjnei jum genfter f)inau£ gemorfen." XXXVIII. ©in irlcmbifctyer ©roper, bem man bte t)ot)en dimmer im <3d)lofte $u .ftenftngton seigre,mollte barauf rc>etten,bafj er etnen SXannfenne, ber md)t gerabe bartn flefyen fonnte. 2Me SSette fd)ien fo fonberbar' bafj fte il)m alle 2Cnmefenben fjielten. ®er Svlanber ging fort/ futjrte einen 33udUid)ten t)eretn/unb flrid) or;ne SBiberfprud) bte niebergelegte ©umme etn. XXXIX. gontenelle blieb bi$ an ba$ ©nbe fetneS fajr bunbertjdl)rigen 2tlter3 immer ber angenefymjle unb mifcigfte ©efellfd)after fetner 3eit. ($r befanb fid) einft in einer jat)lreid)en ©efellfdjaft, mo ein acrjtjigs jdbriger ©enerat ebenfatlS nod) feljr munter unb ungefd)mdd)t, fid) mit gontcnellen fiber itjr l)or;e6, frof)ltd)e$ 2CUer freute. „9tur Ieife ," ermieberte t&m ber 2(nbere, „ ba$ \a ber Sob unS md)t r;5re, benn er i)at gemif auf un3 oergeifen." XL. SfBetl ©eorg ber (Srfte, £6mg con (Snglanb, auf feinen SWeifen turd) £ollanb metjrmalS gefut)tt f)atte, bap man it)m uberall ju f)ol>e 3edie mad)te, mollte er §ulefct in teinem ©ajtfjofe btefeS CanbeS met)r abjietgen. £)a einjtenS bie ^>o|r in Alomar sor bem Samm anf)ielt, lie£ er ft'd), mdfjrenb man bie $>ferbe med)felte, brei gefottcne (Sier bringen. SKadjbem er fie gegeffen tjatte, fragte er, mag fte f often. 3meit)unbert ©ulben, antmortete ber ©aftgeber. SBie? rief ber erftaunte SSXonard), gweifcunbert ©ulben! £ie @ier ftnb alfo ^ier fef)r rar? Suer Sftajeftat molten r;ulbreid)ft cergetfjen j btedier ftnb bd unS eben nidht rar/ aber bk $6nige. XLI. %l€ ber berannte Saniel 23urge£ einft bei einem feiner greunbe fpeifte, trug man sum 5Rad)tifd) einen grofen (St)efter= fdfe auf. „2Bo foil id) it)n anfdmeiben?" fragte £)aniel.— 2Bo eg 3^nen beliebt, ermieberte ber £err ba$ £aufeS. Saniel rief unoerguglid) feinen S3ebienten tjevbei/ unb gab tt)tn ben £dfe mit bem S3efel)l, itjn nad) £aufe §u tragen. /,3d) mill il;n bort anfd)neiben," fagte er. 167 XLII. 2CIS ©patter/ ©djaufpieler in £)rurt) Sane/ ftrf) einffc Winter ben tfuliffen fiber witttjenbe jtofynfc&merjen beflagte/ erbot ftd£) ber Sr)eaterwunbar$t/ it)m ben leibenben 3at)n augjuretfjen. »/ Stein/ md)t jefct/" erwieberte bee ©d)aufpieter/ //aber am jefynten beg nad)ftfommenben Sunt/ wo bag Sweatee gefd)Iof[en wirb/ lonnen ©ie mir nad) ©efatten ben ganjen -Ktefet wegnefymem benn atgbann tjabe id) 9ttd)tg me$r $u beifjen." XL1II. 2Bar)renb ^Prior ft'd) atg ©efanbter am frangoftfetjen £ofe auffjteU/ futjrte t^n einer bee ©ropen beg SfJetcfyeg in bte ttalienifdje £>per. ©ie waren betbe in bee ndmtidjen Soge/ unb ats etn beiiebter ©anger eine fd)6ne 2Crie trtllerte/ accompagnirte ber £ofIing (o tout/ bafii fein 5ftad)bac ben (Sanger auf btm Sweater laum oers ner)men lonnte. sprior fdbtmpfte ubcr ben ©djaufpiefer/ unb rief mit |>eftigteit : £)u oerbammter 2£alfd)er/ willjr ©u benn ntdjt fd)weigen ? „ SQSie ? (Suer (SrceUenj," fagtc ber SXarquiS ju it)m/ 7/ eg befrembet mid)/ bap ©ie ir)m Sfyren SSeifalt oerfagen/ ber SXRann t)at bod) eine entjutfenbe ©timme." — Sag glaub' id) 3t)nen ooltfommen/ antworrete ber ©ngtctnber/ aber er ftngt fo ftarl/ bafj id) baburd) beg SSergnugeng beraubt werbe/ ©ie ju tjoren. XLIV. 2C16 ber (General Sffiolf etnft einen iungen £)ffi$ter in oertrau? lidjem Sone ju feinen (Sameraben fagen tjorte : 3d) unb SQSotf tranfen eine glafd)e SBSein mit einanber/ trat er t)eroor/ unb fprad) : // #err ! ©ie lonnten wot)l wenigjteng fagen ©eneral SBSolf !" — Urn 23ergebung, antworrete ber Sfftjier mit augner)menber ©eifteg= gegenwart/ r)aben ©ie \z worn ©eneral 2(d)iUeg/ ober oom ©eneral 3uliug (Safar fpred;en t)6ren ? XLV. 2C(g man einem Sorb gemelbet t)atte/ bap ein spferb com bena^ baxUn Sorfe ofterg im ©djlofparj weibe/ ttejj er bem (5igentt)umer bebeuten/ baft wenn er ftd) nod) einmal erbretjte/ fein ^ferb in ben ^)arl ju treiben/ biefem ber ©djwanj abget)auen werbe. £5er 23auer erwieberte bem SSebienten trocfen: SQSenn @uer £err bem 168 $)ferbe ben ©djmana w?gfoa\\t, fo fdjneibe id) tym tie Styren ab. £)er Sorb Itcf ben SSauer fommen, unb fragte tf)n : 2Bag eg fur eine SBewanbtnif* mtt ber unoerfdjamten £)rof)ung x)aU, bte er i^m burd) fetnen S3ebienten r;abe fagen laffen. — lf <§\,'i antmortete ber SSauer, „ify fyabi Stynen nid)t gebrof)t, i§ x)aU blof gefagt, bag, menn Suer @rcellen§ meinem ^ferbe ben <5d)mana abf)auen, id) xx)m oud) bte Ofyren abfdjneiben merbe." XLVI. 3met greunbe, meldje jtd) iange nid)t gefefjen fatten, begegneten einanber oon ungefafyr im ^>afen. Sffite gefytg ? fprad) ber ©inc. „ ©0/ fo," ermieberte ber 2£nbere 5 „ id) bin feit un f erer Srennung oert)eiratt)et gemefen." — £)ag ift ia gut ! ,, 9ttd)t fo gar, benn id) ^>abe einen £)rad)en jum S&etbe befommen." — £)a§ if! fd)Iimm I „ 9ttd)t ganj, benn |Te fyat mir jmeitaufenb $Pfunb §ugebrad)t." — ©ut, bag ift menigfteng ein Sroft. „ 9ttd)t fo gan§, benn id) fjabe eine £eerbe (Sd)aafe bafur ge!auft/ meld)e fdmmtlid) freptrt ftnb." — Sag ift in ber Zx)at traurtg. „ 9fctd)t fo fefyr, alg eg fdietnt, benn id) ^obe aug ben #duten mefyr getojb alg mid) bte ©d)aafe gefoftet gotten." — 9tun fo tjaft £)u \a feinen ie ^aiferinn Sftaria Sfyerefta befud)te einft bag (5abettenf)aug, unb frogte bei biefer ©elegenfyeit ben ^Director, meidier oon ben 36glingen bag grofjte Sob uerbiene ? // (5m. SOfajeft&t \" mar bie tfntmort, „ id) fann uber feinen £(age ftu)ren, ber jungc 33uf affo= xci&) ift aber ber SBrasfte." Sief? bejeugten aud) bte (Srerctermetfter, bie biefeg Sob auf feine @efd)tcrlid)lett im gedjten beuteten. „23raoo, junger Salmatter !" rtef bie 9Jtonard)inn, „aber id) mod)te tyn fed)ten fet)en: nefyme er einmal bag papier." @c befdjetben unb fd)ud)tern ber junge SSulajfomid) corner oor ber §Xonard)inn geftanben fyatte, fo feft unb feurig mar fein SSlitf, alg er bag Soapier ergrtff, unb fid) in $>ofttur fefcte. (5r madjte mit 93?ef)reren einige ©dnge, unb trug uber 2CUe ben @ieg baoon. 169 ©ie £ aiferinn fdjenltc it)m 5tt)6tf ©ucaten. SKad) etnigen Sagen fam fie mieber in bag Sabettenfyaug/ unb fragte gleid) nad) bem iungen Maffonnd). s @r murbe gerufen, aber aU er erfd)ien/ fat) er fe^jr beflurjt aug/ unb gtttertc. Cacbelnb fragte it)n tie £aifcrinn : /#£at (Sr ctioa bag it)m gefd)enfte ©elb burd)gebrad)t ? 28o f)at (Sr'g?"— 3d) t)abe eg meinem $ater gcfd)ictt/ antmoitete er mit be= benber ©timme. //SSBertjl benn ©ein SSatcr?"— SKein $ater mar fiieutenant, tft aber »erabfd)iebet/ unb lebt nun ot)ne spenfton fetjr lummertid) in ©atmatten. 3d) glaubte oon (Sm. 5Kajefldt ©nabe feinen bejferen ©ebraud) mad)en §u lonnen/ al3 menn id) meinen armen/ atten SSater unterjtu^te. //SSraoer 3unge!" »erfefcte bie ^aifertnn/ unb flopfte it>n fanft auf bie 2Bange/ //net)m @r Stnte, geber unb papier/ unb fdjretb' @r." ©er (Sabet get)ord)te/ unb bie Jtaiferinn bictirteitjm fotgenben S3rief: z/fiieber SSatcr I" //©en SSrtcf/ ben id) 3t)nen tjier fdjretbe/ bictirt mir bie^aiferinn. SDfcetne 2Cuffut)rung/ mein gtetp/ unb befonberg meine finbltdje Stefcc ju meinem guten SBater, t)aben ber itatfertnn fo mot)t gefatlen/ baf? ©ie »on biefer ©tunbe an etne iat)rtid)e $)enfton son 200 ©utben befommen merbem unb id) fo eben nrieber ein ©efdjen! con 24 ©u= eaten ertjatten tjabe." XLVIII. ©er cerjiorbcne Dr. goroler/ SSifdjof son ©toucefter unb ber 3ftd)ter Cornel jiritten ofterg uber bie ©efpenfter mit einanber. ©er 33tfd)of glaubte baran/ unb ber SRid)ter tdugnete ft'e. 2Hg nun einjr ber ^ratat feinem $reunbe begegnete, fagte biefeo baf er feit itjrer Unterijaltung einen pbt)ftfd)en SSemetg son ber ©efpenfters (Sriften$ ert)alten fyabe. 3t)re SBefebrung freut mid)/ antmortete ber SStjcbof j fagen ©ie mir bod) einige ndtjere Umftanbc/ mie biefes SBSunber benrirft mutbe. (Sinen pt)pftfd)en SBemeiS tjaben @te?— 3a/ ?D?r;(orb. 2Ctg id) ndmlid) lefcte 9tad)t in meinem Sktte fdjltef/ murbe id) urn 90Htternad)t burd) ein ungem6t)Mid)eg ©eraufd) geftort, unb t)6rte (Stmag bie Sreppe tjeraufftetgen.— // Sftun bann?"— Unge= mip unb beftutjt jog id) ben SSettoortjang ein roenig aug einanber.— //SKkiter." — ©a fat) id) ein fd)mad)eg £id)t mein dimmer ertjellen.— //SSar eg ntd)t btdulid)?"— 3a/ id) gtaube. ©arauf trat eine grope/ lange, tjagre btaffe ©ejlatt t)erein ; fie fat) einem ftebenjigiatjrigen Q 170 Sfltann gleidv mar in einen mauerfarbenen Mantel gefjullt, unb trug urn ben Seib einen lebernen ©urtel. (Sin bicfer, grauer 3?art urn? gab bag £inn$ menige meij? gtanjenbe £aare fytngen com ©djettet fyerab, ben eine grofe ^eljmu^e bebetfte$ in ber $anb brotjte ein grower/ t)ol)er .ftnotenjlocr. @nt(e|en burd)bebte meine ©lieber/ tie ©inne r-erfagten mir ifyren £)ienjr, unb ein falter ©diroeif ergofj fid) uber mid). £angfamen, majeftatifdjen n ein ©efpenft jagte. XL1X. SroeiSKeijcnbe, ber (Sine baoon ein>))rinj,befanben fid) in83enebig, unb befud)ten nad) rin$en mar ber ©panier unaufbbrlid) im S3erlujle ge= mefen, je|t gemann er auf alle Garten. £>ag ganje ©piel marb auffallenb t-eranbert, unb bit SSanf mar in ©efafyr, con bem$)ointeur, ben biefe glucflid)e SGSenbung lubner gemad)t fyatte, gefprengt ju merben. ©in QSenetianev, ber fid) fyieit, fagte bem ^rtnjen mit beleibigenbem Son— er pre bag ©lutf, unb er folle ben Sifd) uer= lajfen. ©iefer fat) itjn fait an, unb blieb 5 biefe Sajfung bel)ielt er, alg ber 2Senetianer feine ffieleibigung franjoftfd) mietertjolte. £>er Severe glaubte/ baj? ber spring beibe ©pradien nid)t »crflel)e, unb manbtc fid) mit cerad)tungg\?ollem Cad)en gu ben Uebrigen: „(5agen 171 @ie mir bod)/ meine £erren/ vok id) mid) biefem SSalorbo »er|i&nbs lid) madjen foil?" ^ugleid) ftanb er auf/ unb woltte ben ^rinjen beim 2Crm ergretfeni btefen oerliep l)ier bie ©ebutb/ er patfte ben S3enetianer mit jlarfer £anb/ unb warf ityn unfanft $u 23oben. Sag ganje £aug tarn in 23ewegung. 2£uf bag ©eraufd) jturjte id) herein, unwillfuljrtid) rief id) ttjn bet feinem Stamen. „5Re&JTien ©ie fid) in 2l'd)t, ^rinj/" fe£te id) mit Unbefonnentjeit f)inju, //Wtr ftnb in £enebig!" 2)er 9tame beg ^rinjen gebot eine altgemeine ©title, woraug batb ein ©emurmel wurbe/ bag mir gefafyrlid) fd)ien. tflle anwefenben Staliener rotteten fid) gu $aufen/ unb ttaten bei @eite. (Stner urn ben 2Cnbern oerliej* ben ©aal/ big wtr ung beibe mit bem ©panier unb einigen granjofen alletn fanben. ( , ©ie ftnb certoren/ gnabiger £err/" fagten 2flle///wenn @ie ntdjt fogleid) tie @tabt ocrlajfen. £)er SSenetianer/ ben <25ie fo ubel bebjanbelt fyaben, ift reid) genug/ einen 23raoo ju bingen. @g f oftet il)m nur funfjig 3ed)inen/ Sie aug ber SBelt §u fcfyaffen." Sec ©panier bot fid) an/ sur ©tcfyerfyett beg $prin$en y&a&ii ju fyolen, unb ung felbft nad) #aufe gu begleiten. Sagfelbe wollten aud) bie granjofen. 2Ba* j!anbcn nod) unb uberlegteti/ wag §u ti)un ware/ alg bie Sfyur fid) offnete/ unb einige SBebiente ber ©taatgsSnqutfttion fyereintraten. @te jeigten ung eine £)rbre ber Sftegterung/ worin ung beiben befotjlen xoavb, ifynen fd)(eunig §u folgen. Unter etner ftarfen SSebecfung fttljrte man ung big gum (Sanah £ter erwartete ung eine ©onbel/ in bit mir ung fe§en muften. (§l)e wir augftiegen/ wurben ung bie ttugen cerbunben. VSlan fui)rte ung eine grope/ jtonerne Sreppe tjtnauf/ unb bann burd) einen langen/ gewunbenen @ang itber ©e= wolber, wte id) aud) aug bem oielfadjen @d)o fdjloj*/ bag unter unfern gufien fyallte. (Snbtid) gelangten wir oor eine Sreppe/ welcfye ung fed)g unb gwanjig ©tufen in bk SSiefe fyinunter fuijrte. £ter offnete fid) ein @aaW wo man ung bie S3inbe wteber oon ben 2Cugen nai)m. SSir befanben ung in einem £reife etjrwurbiger/ alter banner/ 2CUe fcfywarj ge!leibet/ ber ganje ©aal mit fd)warjen £ud)ern be= Ijangen/ unb fparfam erleudjtet/ eine Sobtenftille in ber ganjen SSerfammlung/ weld)cg einen fcfyauberootten ©inbrucE mad)te. @iner con biefen ©reifen/ wat)rjd)einltd) ber oberfte (Staatg=3nquifttor/ ndljerte fid) bzm $prin$en, unb fragte iljn mit einer feierltd)en SUiiene/ wd{)renb man i$m ben SSenetianer uorfuijrte: 172 //(Srfennen ©ie biefen 5ttenfd)en fur ben sftamlidjen, bcr ©ie auf bcm ^affect)Qu(e beleibiget i)at?" , /,3a," antwortete ber spring— £>arauf wanbte 3ener jtd)ju bcm ©efangenen: //3ft ba§ biefelbe sperfon/ Me abc id) $u mel 2Cc^tung fur einen Dfftcier, unb t>iet 5U mel SDtttleib mit einem 2£bgeban?ten! 3d) fyabe i$m aug 5Roti) zin anbereg Simmer einrdumen mujfen.— Sen! e ernicrjtmeljr baran,£err Sujr! (@r ruft in bk (Scene.) £olla»— 3d) wilt's auf anbere SSeife ttrieber gut madjen. ((gin 3unge fommt.) S3ring ein ©lagcljen j £err3uftwill ein @ldgd)en fyaben ; unb wag ©uteg! Sufi. SiJcad)' ©rfid) leine SiJculje, £err 2Birt&. Ser Sropfen foil gu ©ift werben, ben— bod) ta) will nirtjt fd^n?5ren 5 id) bin nod) nud)tern! SBtrtfy (ju bem Sungen, ber eine ftlafdje Siqueur unb ein ©lag bringt). @tb fjer^ gel)! — 9tun, £err 3uft, wag ganjSSor? treffltdjeg; ftarf/ licb/ gefunb. ((Srfullt, unb reid)t t&m ju.; Sag fann einen uberwad)ten 9Xagen wieber in £)rbnung bringen! Suji. SSalb burfte ic^ ntdjt ! Sod) warum foil id) tneiner ©efunbl)eit feine ©robtjeit entgelten laffen? — (@r ntmmt unb trinlt.) 583 i r 1 1). 2Sot)l be!cmm'S, £err Sujr ! Suft (inbem er bag ©lagdjen wieber surucf gibt). 9cid)t fibel! — 2lber £err Sffiirtf), @r tjt bod) ein ©robian ! 2Sirtl). sftidjt bod), nid)t bod)! — ©efd)roinb, nod) (Sing, auf einem SSeine ift nid)t gut ftetjen. Suft (nad)bem er getrunfen). Sag muf i6) fagen, gut, fel)r gut ! ©elbft gemad)t, £err SBirtt) ? — 9B i r t ^ S3et)ute, oeritabler Sanjiger ! ed)ter, boppelter CacB ! S uft. ©te&t 6r, £err SBirtfy, wenn id) fyeucfyeln lonnte, fo wurbe i fur fo wag l)eud)eln 5 aber id) lann nid)t 5 eg mufj fyeraug — @r ijl bod) ein ©robian, £err ©irtt) ! SBirtt). 3n meinem Seben t;at mir bag nod) Sftiemanb gefagt — iftod) eins, #err Suft j alter guten Singe ftnb brei. 3 u ft. Stteinetwegen ! (fut/ £err SBirtb, fo guten Sanjtger ju fca&en/ unb fo fd)led)te SKoreS ! — (Sinem SWanm wie meinem £errn, ber 3at)r unb Sag bei 3t)m gemotynt/ oon bem (Sr fd)on fo mandjen fd)6nen Scaler gejogen $at, ber in fetnem Ceben fetnen feller fd)iilbig geblteben ijt/ metl er ein paar donate t>ter ntd)t prompt besafylr, metl er md)t metjr fo oiel aufgeljen lafjt, in ber 2Cbmefen= t>eit bag Simmer auSjurdumen ! 2B i r t f). &a id) aber ba$ dimmer notfjmenbtg braud)te ? ba id) ooraug fob/ baj? ber $err sfiRajor eg felbft gutmillig mttrbe gerdumt tjaben/ menn mir nur fo lange auf feine Surucrtunft fatten marten tonnen ? (SoUte id) benn fo eine frembe $errfd)aft mieber oon metner Stjur megfafyren lajfen ? @oltte id) einem anbern 2£irtt)e fo etnen S3erbienft mutfyrciltig in ben 3ftad;en jagen ? Unb id) glaube ntd)t einmal/ i>a$ jte fonft wo untergefommen mare. £)ie 2Birtt)gt)duffr finb je|t atte ftarl befegt. ©ollte eine fo junge, fd)6ne/ liebengmurbige 25ame auf ber ©rrafie bleiben ? 2)aju tft ©ein #err ju gatant. Unb mag oerliert er benn babet ? #abe id) iijm nid)t ein anbereg dimmer bafur eingerdurnt ? 3 u ft. £inten an Urn £aubenfd)lage $ bte 2Cugftd)t jmtfdjen beg Sftadjbarg geuermauern. — 2Btrti). 2)ie 2fugfid)t mar mot)l fe&r fd)6n/ et)e fie bee uer* $metfelte SRacrjbar oerbaute. 2)ag Simmer ift bod? fonft gatant unb tape$trt — 3 u ft. ©emefen. SQSirtf). 9tid)t tod), bit eine jffianb ijt eg nod). Unb ©ein ©tubd)en baneben, £err 3uft '■> mag fet)lt bem ©tubeben ? @g i)at einen 3tamim ber §mar im SOSinter ein menig raud)t 3 u it. 2lber bod) im ©ommer red)t fyubfd) Idft. £err/ id) glaube gar/ fficier nidjt aud) ein £>fftcier ift/ bee 3fym ben £alg bred)en tann? Saturn waret 3t)r im £rtege fo gefd)tneibig, 3fyr £erren SBirtfye ? SBarum war benn ba jeber Dffictec ein wurbiger SSttann, unb jeber (golbat ein el)rtid)er, braoer ^.erl ? 9J*ad}t (Sud) bag bigd;en grtebe fdjon fo ubermuttjtg ? SB i r 1 1;. SBag ereifert @r fid) nun/ £err Suft ? 3 u ft. 3d) wilt mid) ereifern t. & e 1 1 1) e i m (tm ^ereintreten). 3uft ! 3 u ft (in ber SMnung/ baf? it)n ber SBirtt) Sufi nenne). <2o befannt ftnb mir ? — v. Ztlif). 3u{t! 3 u ft. 3d) bdd)te, id) mare wot)l $erc Sujt fur 3*m. SGSirtl) (ber ben SXajor gematjr wirb). @t! ©t ! ^ertv £err, £err 3uft/ — fei) @r fid) bod) urn. ©ein £err d. Sent). 3uft, id) gtaube/ £)u janfffc. 2Bag r;abe id) Sir befofylen ? $85 1 r t i). £), 3t)ro ©naben ! $anf en ? ©a fei ©ott cor ! 3f)r untertfy&nigfter tad)t follte fid) unterftetjen/ mit Gnnem, ber bie ©nabe t)at 3i)ncn angugefyoren/ p janfen ? S u ft. SKenn id) if)m bod) etng auf ben £a§enbuctel geben burfte ! — iB5 i r t i). @g ift roatyi #err Suft fprtdjt fur feinen #errn, unb ein mentg fyi§ig. 2tber baran t$ut er red)t 5 id) fd)d§e tt)n urn fo ciel t)6t)er $ id) liebe ifyn barum — 3 u ft. £)af id) iijm nid)t bk 3af)ne augtreten foil ! SBirtf). 9cur (Sdjabe, bafi er fid) umfonjt ert)i£et. £)enn id) bin gemif cerfidjert/ ba$ 3*)ro ©naben !etne Ungnabe begwegen auf mid) geworfen fjaben/ meil — bie Stotf) — mid) notfywenbig — 0. Sell I). ©djon gu mel mein #err ! 3d) bin 3fmen fdjul? big j Ste raumen mir in meiner 2Cbmefenl)eit bag Simmer aug 5 @ie mufien begatjlt werben* id) muf mo anberg untergufommen fud,en. (Sebr naturlid). SB t r t r> 2£o anberg ? . Z e 1 1 1). Jtomm Suft/ ber £err will nid)t erlauben/ ba£ id() Sir in feinem £aufe fage/ wag Su tt)un folljl. 2B i r 1 1). 34 get)e \a f ebon/ gnabiger £err ! 9J?ein ganjeg £aug ift ju 3^ren Sienjten. £ e f f i n g. LI. £)te d)ineftfd)e 33ruag t)eute t)ier im $au[e florgefyen wtrb. Sitter ma n n. £ier im £aufe? 9flid)t8 con SSebeutung. SBir roollten fyeute ein paar Sonnen ©erjte auSffien 5 a&er bie SBitterung ijt mir §u trotfen. — 3d) t)attc geflern SSriefe auS ©iebenbfitgen 5 aud) ba mangelt bee liebe SKegen. £)te allgemeine $lage con ganj (Suropa ! — Sod) ein spiaiftrdjen lonnen ©te ftd) t)eute madden/ mir ijaben <3d)affd)ur. $P e t e r (be§ SSorigen ©ot)n). Unb bie @ier bee grofjen ©lutfe mufien tjeute auSfommen. Unb ber nrilbe/ braune #engjt — 33 i 1 1 e r m a n n. @d)tt>eig/ Solpel ! $>eter. 9tun/ ba t)aben roir'S ! id) barf bat SERaul nid)t auf« tl)un. (@r fefct [einen £ut auf/ unb gei)t maulenb ab.) (5 u I a t i a. Unfer ©raf roirb t)eute bier fein. 95 i 1 1 e r m a n n. fffiie ? 5BaS ? @ u I a 1 1 a. ^ebft feiner ®emal)linn unb feinem <5d)tt>ager bem Sttajor con 4?orffr. S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. @paf apart ? ©ulalia. @ie nriffen, lieber £err 23ittermann/ idt) bin eben nid)t fet)r fpaj$l)aft. S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. $)eter ! £)u lieber ©ott ! (Seine ^)ocf)ge= borne Grcellenj/ ber #err ©raf/ in eigener l)ot)er ^)erfon. ^)eter — unb bie gndbtge §rau ©rdftnn — unb feine Jpod)tr>of)lgebornen ©naben, ber £err Sftajor — unb t)ier tfr 9cid)tS in ber getjorigen £)rbnung — speter ! speter ! ty e t e r. 9cu wag gtbt'g fci^on ttrieber ? S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. Sftufe bod) gefd)ttrinb bie Seute gufammen/ fdjicf nad) bem gorffrr $ er foil ein SRet) in bie l)errfd)aftlid)e ^ud)e Uefern 5 unb Siefe foil bie dimmer fcgen/ unb ben ©taub con ben ©piegeln tr>ifd)en, bamit bie gnabtge grau ©rdfinn fid) barin fpiegeln fann. Unb ber $0$ foil in ber @il ein paar ^apaunen 178 fd)lad)ten 5 unb £anng felt einen £ed>t aug bem Setcfje Ijolen * unb griebrid) foil metne (gonntaggpervuefe friftren. (Peter ab.) Qui alia. S3or alien £)ingen laffen err ?Olaioc won ber £orft logiren ? (Sulalta. ©eben ©ie il)m bag Heine rotfye dimmer an ber Sreppe 5 bag ifr ein mebltcfyeg dimmer/ unb fyat eine ljerrlid)e 2Cugftd)t. SSittermann. SRedjt gut/ liebe ^eraeng^abam duller: aber ba t)at fonjr immer ber £aug=©ecrercir beg £errn ©rafen gewoljnt. 3war ben braud)en ©etne Srcetlenj eben md)t notf)= wenbtg ; er fyat alle 3af)re !aum etn paar SSrtefe §u fd)retben. 9D?an lonnte il)m — tjalt ! eg fommt mir ba etn oovtrejfltd)er (Sinfall. ©ie fennen bag tleine £augct)en am 6nbe beg ^arfg ? ba wollen wtr ben .pevrn ©ecretar fyinjiopfen. @ u la lia. ©ie uergeffen, Iteber £err SSittermann $ ba woljnt ber grembe. Sittermann. lid), wag gef)t ung ber grembe an ? SBer t)at ilm ^etfen etnjteljen ? er muf? fyeraug. (Sulalta. £)ag ware unbilltg. ©ie felbft l)aben bie 9Sot>= nung it)m eingeraumt, unb id) benfe, er bejafylt jte 3fynen gut. 23 i 1 1 e r m a n n. (Sr begabjt wot)l, unb fo etn 2fcctbenj fur einen armen SSerwalter ijt freilid> nid)t §u oerad)ten 5 aber — (S u I a I i a. SRurit aber ? SSittermann. #ber man wetfj bod) nid)t, wer er tft ! rein Seufel lann aug if)m Hug werben. 3d) t)abe ben Renter won feinem ©elbe/ wenn er mid) fur jeben ©rofdjen qudlen will. (Jul alia. ®v qudlt ©ie ? woburd) ? 179 SSittermann. ^erbred) id) mir ntd)t fdjon fett gonjen 9ftonaten rergebeng ben ,Kopf, urn Winter bag ©efyetmnifj gu !om= men ? 3mar fyatte id) uor .fturgem eincn SSrtef aug ©panien, in metd)em man mir melbet, baj? fid) in fjieftgen ©egenben ein ©pion auffjatte j unb ber SSefdireibung nad) — @ u I a I i a (ladetnb). Setd)t mogtid) ! £)er £onig son ut er. @ u I a I i a. @r beleibigt Eein £inb. 23 i 1 1 e r m a n n. Sftein, bag tf)ut er ntcbt. @ u I a 1 1 a. @r fatlt Sftiemanben gur gaff. SSittermann. 9lein, bag aud) nid)t. (Sulalta. SKun mag motlen ©ie mefyr ? S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. 3d) milt miffen, mer er ijr j unb menn er einem nur SHebe ftanbe, ba$ man itjn bei ©elegenfyeit fein augfyolen fonnte '. 2tber menn er mir aud) etnmal im bunfetn fiinbengange, ober unten am S3ad)e auffi5pt— bag ftnb fo feine beiben £ieblinggfpa£iergdnge— fo beijJt eg: guten Sag unb guten SBeg, unb bamit l)otla! 3d) f)abe ein paar tO?al angefangen : eg tft bjeute fdjoneg SSetter— 3a! £)ie SS&ume fangen fd)on an augjufdjlagen— ; 3a 1 2)er £err mad)en fid), mie id) fet)e, eine f (eine SSemegung— 3a ! 9lun fo gefy bu, unb ber Seufel! Unb mie ber #err, fo ber £)iener$ gerabe fo ein ©tar. 3d) meij? nid)t eine ©nlbe con if)m, alg ba£ er gran§ fyeift. Qui alia, ©ie ereifern fid), tieber £err SSittermann, unb r>er= geffen gan§ baruber bie 2tnlunft unferg ©rafen. SSittermann. %d)\ berSeufell ©ott sergeif) mir bie ©unbe! £a fetjen ©ie nur, liebe 9Xabam Gutter, mag fur UngtM baraug entftefyt, menn man bie £eute nid)t lennt. .(Sulalia (nad) bet U^r fefyenb). ©d)on neun Utm $ menn ber 180 £err ©raf fid) ein ©tunbdjen con fetnem ©dfolafe abgebrodjen tjat, fo fann tic £errfd)aft balb t)ier fetn. 3d) ge^e bag SMnige ju t$un, tf)un (Ste bag S&rtge. ©raf. 9^un/ ba maren mio ©ott fegnc unfern din * unb tfuggang! ((5r t)at fid) befjagltd) in etneiKSeffel gemorfen.) STtun/ S3tttermann, @r ift bod) immcr ein ncirrifd)er £erl! 23ittermann. (Suer £od)grafIid)en (Srcettens untertf)dnigft aufjumarten. ©raf. 3d) benfe, text mollen red)t oiel ©pajj mit einanber fyaben. S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. Sag mollen mir, beliebt eg ©ott. ©raf (auf petern jeigenb). OBer ift benn ber grofe sjJtaul* affe ba? S3 1 1 1 e r m a n n. Sag ift/ mit SRefpect ju melben, mcin leiblid)er ©oi)n/ mit ^amen Peter. Peter (mad)t £ra|fuf e) . © r a f . ©o# fo i 2Bie ftefjt'g in ber SOSirtt)fd)aft au$ 1 S3 i 1 1 e i- m a n n. 2CUeg mot)l unb gut. £ab', otjne mid) $u rufymen, gearbeitet mie ein Pferb. © r a f. SSarum nid)t gar mie ein (gfel? SStttermann. SSMe ein (Sfel# menn (Sw. £ocbgraflidjen Gsrcellenj fo befefyten. — Sag £eu ift biefeg 3afyr t-ortrefflid) geratfyen. — Sem Stoggcn t)at ber SBuvm <2d)aben getfyan. © r a f. SBie fietjt'g mit ber 3agb QU g ? SStttermann. gebewrilbpret in SDtfenge, unb bte £a(en tjaben im grufyiafyr bem Sfoggengrag meiotid) jugefprod)en. © r a f. 3ft er aud) ein 3%r ? S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. 23or btefem roofyl ! aber fcit tier Safyren, alg mir bag Unglucf begegnete, bafj id) brei %a\)mt tur!ifd)e @an[e fd)of/ bie id) fur Srappen anfat)/ \)aU id) feine gltnte mieber log- gebrannt. 9Mn peter fdriefit jumeUen ©perlinge. Peter. 3d) fd)ie£e ©perlinge. Sitter mann. 3d) tjabe tteber fur (Sm. £od)grafI. GrceUena fyofyeg piaiftrcben Qeforgt. Sen Par! follen ber £err ©raf fe^en* ttrie id) ben jugeftufct tjabe. ©ie merben \x)w nid)t mieber lennen. 181 (Sine (Sinftebelei, !rumme ©dnge, ein DbeltSf/ Jftuinen eineS alten SRaubfdilojTeS. Unb 2Clle3 mit Detonomie, 2CUcS ir.it bee fparfamjfen (Sparfamteit. #fi! £d! £d! ba t)ab' id), g. 93. fiber ben Hetnen glujj eine d)ineftfd)e SBrfitfe gebaut. &$a§ meinen ber £err ©raf, too id) bag £o($ baju fyernalnn? £d ! £d ! £d ! uon bem alten etngefallenen £fil)nerftall. ©raf. £aS mupfe ja murbeS £ol$ fein. Unb bie 25ruc£e ftetyt nod) ? SSittermann. @te ftefyt nod) bis auf ben fyeuttgen Sag. ©raf (aufftefjenb). SRun, id) mill bod) bie #errlid)teiten befe^cn. £af? er unterbeffen bie SEafel becfen ! S3 i 1 1 e r m a n n. 3ft fcfjon beforgt. 3d) merbe bie (gfyre fyaben, (Sxo. £od)grdflid)en ©rccUenj in Untertfydnigtat 511 begtetten. $) e t e r. SBSerbe aud) bie @i)re fyaben. $3 e t e r (at&emtos). 2fd)/ £err 3emine ! atyr £err 3cmtne ! (5 u I alt a. SSaSgibt's? $eter. Sec gndbtge £err ifi in§ SQSaffeu gef alien. £)te (Sxcellenj ift erfoffen. ©ulaUa. StBer? s 3> e t e r. Set: gndbtge £err ©raf. Gulalia. 3ft ertrunfen ? ?)cter. 3a! (Sulalia. £obt? ubel, am ganjen fceibe. ©raf inn. S&aSgibt's? 9ft a j r (SSruber ber ©rafinn). 2Belcb ©efd)rei ? (Sulalia. (gin 3ufatl, gnabige ©rafinn, id\ uermutrje, ein unbebeutenber 3ufall. £>er ©raf ift bem SSajfer §u natye ge!om= men unb i)at jtrf) bie #u£e ein menig nap gemadt. 1 e te r. £ie pfie ? jo, profit tk 3ttal)l$eit ! @r ift fiber ben t)ineingep(umpt. r 182 © r & f t n n. SBarmfyerjiger ©ott ! $R a i o r. 3d) etle — ©ulalia. SSleiben ©ie/ #err ^ajor 5 berufyigen ©te jtd), gnabige grau ! @g fet gefd)ef)en, teas ba xoolU, ber #err ©raf ift menigfteng gerettet. 9tid)t mafyr, 9J?ogje $>eter ? $3 e t e r. Reiner ©tp tie Srcelleng ift eben nid)t tobt, aber fie ill feljr naf. © r a f i n n. SKebe; iunger Sftenfd)/ rebe ! 9X a i r. (Srjatjle 2CUeg, mag £)u meijjt. 9> e t e r. 23om 2Cnfang big gu (Snbe ? ©rdfinn. 3a, ia ! nut gefdjnrinb. ty e t c r. Stun* fefyen ©ie nut; mir maren alle brei t)ier im dimmer 5 id), mein spapa, unb ber ©raf. (5 ul alia. 3d) merle mof)l/ auf biefe 2trt mivb SXogje ^eter uor 2Cbenb mit feiner (Srjafylung nid)t ,fertig. £urj unb gut, fte maren l)ier im dimmer/ unb begleiteten ben #erm ©rafen Ijinaug — ■ *P e t e r. SRid)ttg. (5 u I a I i a. Unb ba gingen fte fpa^ieren — 3>eter. ©anj red)t. 6 u I a I i a. Stun, mag trug jtd) ferner ju ? ^p € te r. 3 £err 3e ! SSSir gingen am 25aa> tjinunter unb lamen an bie d)ineftfd)e 33rucfe, bte mein $)apa aug bem atten £ui)nerftatle 5ufammengefd)(agen fyat. 2)a ging nun bet £err ©raf auf bie 23rude, unb ba fagte er, eg mare red)t fetn unb lieblid) anjufetjen/ mie ber glup fid) burd) ben S3ufd) fd)ldngelie, unb ba Ic^nte er fid) ein menig auf bag ©elanber* Irad)! brad) bog ©eldnber entjmeij plump ! lag bie (Sxcellenj im 2Bajfer. (5 u I a I i a. 2lber ©ie jogen itjn bod) gleid) mieber fjeraug ? ty e t e r. 3d) nid)t — (Sulalia. tfber ber spapa ? $p e te r. £)er $)apa aud) nidjt — (Sulalia. ©ie lief en tyn alfo liegen ? $P e t e r. 2£ir liegen tyri liegen: aber mir fd)rien alle beibe aug Seibegfraften. 3d) glaube/ man fyat eg big l)inunter ing £)orf fybren lonnen. @ula(ia. Unb ba eilten Seute Ijerbei ? 183 ty c t e r. £er frembe £err lam, ber bort unten neben bem alten Sobiag mofjnt, unb immer letn SBort fprid)t. Sag ift ein £eufelS= lerl ! sjOfiit einem ©prung roar er im SGSaffer! ba patfd)te er brtn i)erum, rote eine @nte, erroifd)te bie (Srceltenj bet ben #aaren, unb fdjleppte fte gludlid) ang Ufer. © r d f t n n. ©ott fegne ben fremben SOtann ! 9ft a i o r. 2Bo bteiben fte benn 2Clle ? $ e t e r. ©ie I ommen bie 2Cllee Ijerauf. (Sulalia. 2Cud) bet grembe? *P e t e r. Center ©ir ! ber lief baoon. £)er £err ©raf roollte ftd) bet tym bebanfen, aber erroar fdjon fiber atte SSerge. © r d f i n n (itjrem @emal)l entgegen, tijn in tyre #rme fdjltef enb). 2(d) metn SSejter ! © r a f. ©ret ©d)ritt com Seibe, ©ie feljen ia, ba|j id) triefe. © r a f t n n. Urn ©ottegroillen ! gefd)roinb trocfene SSSdfrfje ! © r a f. 5Run \a, \a ! ©ein ©ie rut)ig, eg t)at leine ©efafyr. ©in alter ©olbat tft roof)l efyer ein 35tgd)en in ber ©cfyroemme aerocfen. 2(ber eg tj&tte ubel ablaufen lonnem roenn nictjt ber grof?mutl)ige grembe — 2Ber tft ber Sttann ? 2Bet lennt tyn ? SStttermann f^at mir bo allerlet uerroorreneg jkug t>orgefd)roa£t. (Sulalta. 2(ug Urn lann man nid)t flug roerben. @r lam oor etnigen Sflonaten in i)k ©egenb unb mtetyete con SStttermann ba$ Heine £aug am @nbe beg ^arlg. ©a lebt er ganj im ©tillen, er fteijt Sftfemanb, er fprtdjt mtt 9Rtemanben, i&) felbft far) tt)n nur ein paar Sftal ton feme. ©d)eu unb gebudt fd)leid)t er untyer, unb roeidjt Sebermann aug/ aber tyut met ©uteg im 23erborgenen. ©raf. Cotte, gel)' f)uv unb bitte tt)rt auf ben 2Cbenb gum (Sffen. (gr mod)te worlieb nefjmen, tjorft 25u? er lame in bag £aug eineg greunbeg. © r d f i n n. ©ie r-ergeffen fid) um^ulleiben. ©raf. ©leid), gleid) ! © r a f t n n. Unb ein nieberfd)lagenbeg ^uloer einnetjmen. ©raf. 3d) t ; abe ben £enler con Sfyrem nieberfdjlagenben $)uloer ! (Sin ©lag Malaga/ urn bag SSlut ein roenig lebtiafter £>urd) bie 2lbern ju iagen. — £6re er/ aStttermann, bag mufj id) tym 184 nad)(agin/ er f)at eine t>eX(c burd)bringenbe ©timme/ er !ann brullen, ba§ man's big unter bag Staffer t>6rt. Sitter mann. (Sw. ^odjgrdfXid^cn (Sxcellcnj untertt)dnig{i aufeuwartcn. ©raf. 2Cber mit feiner djtneftfc^cn 33ruc?e !onn er gum Seufel geb,en. (#b.) ©rdfinn. jlomm/ SSrubery wir muffcn itjn uberreben/ bap er einen gangen Sfyceloffel soil Ungerifd) ^utocr einnimmt. (Sie {)aben bod) weldjcg im £aufe/ liebe $Rabam 9Mller ? err ®raf finb nur etn wenig fd)wer bei fieibe. Sotte. 2Cber warum fprangen ©te benn nid)t felbjt tng SBafier, urn ben gndbigen #erm 511 retten ? Sitter mann. ©ott betjute ! Csd) ware unterge[un!en, wte ein ©tuc£ 23lei. SKein/ wag beineg 2Cmtg nicbt ijt/ bacon lap bcinen 83orwi$. Unb id) Ijatte uberbief? eben einen widhtigen SSrief in ber Safd)e j ber ware mir \a ganj nap geworben $ einen 23rief au§ granfreid) 00m (Sfyeoalier — wie Ijeipt er bod) nun gleid) ? (@r jiefyt ben Srief ijerooiv ftecrt il)n aber g'eid) wieber ein.) D ! ber enttjdlt intereffante -Dinge. ('Peter mauft il)m ben SSrief aug ber Safdje.) £5ie Sffielt wirb erftaunen, wenn bag offenttid) befannt wirb/ unb lein SHenfd) wirb auf ben Gsinfall gerattjen/ ba§ ber alte SSittermann ik £>anb tnit im ©piele bjatte. 2 1 1 e. 9lein> wafyrlid) nicr)t. SSitterma nn. 3d) mufj bod) ge^em unb bie djtneftfdjc SSrucfe ein wenig repariren laffen/ wenn etwa bie ^rau ©rdfinn fiuffc ijaben follte— 185 S o 1 1 e. ©id) aud) etn roentg ju baben ? SSittermann. SRtdjt bod), wir roollen'S fd)on befefttgen. ©etyotfamfier. £)tener, fyocfyebte Sttamfell ! $ofcebue. CHAPTER X. THE PRINCIPLES OF VERSIFICATION. 344. Versification teaches the rules according to which verses are made. Two or more syllables, justly measured, form a metrical foot, and a certain number of metrical feet, rythmically combined, produce a verse ; the substance of verse, therefore, may properly be said to consist in the just measure of syllables. 345. Among the Greeks and Romans, most syllables had a fixed quantity, and their manner of pronouncing rendered this so sensible to the ear, that a long syllable was counted precisely equal in time to two short syllables. In conse- quence of this, the versification of the Greeks and Romans was principally founded upon the length or shortness of their syllables. 346. The measure of syllables is frequently determined by the quantity in German ; but its principal foundation is the accent. The sense of a word, the depth of thought which it conveys, and its intrinsic worth, decides its metrical importance ; the leading sense also decide the accent, which, with few exceptions, falls on the root of the word, as the representative of the original idea, whereas the relation of this idea to other objects is expressed by subordinate sylla- bles. Hence it follows, as a general rule, that every accented syllable is long, while every unaccented one is short. 347. In polysyllabical words, the syllable upon which the rythmical accent is placed, receives the rising, and the rest the falling inflection of the voice. The syllable which r3 186 takes the rising inflection is marked thus (') : as, ftxeube? trunfen inebriated with joy. In this word the first and third syllables take the rising, while the second and fourth have the falling inflection. 348. The time taken up in pronouncing a long syllable is equal to that which two short syllables require ; and this is what we are to understand by the measure of time, or the quantity of syllables in versification. A short syllable is indicated by the curve line (^), and a long one by the hori- zontal (-). 349. The syllable which is pronounced with the rising inflection is long, while that which is pronounced with the falling inflection is short. This is a general rule, and, as an exception to it, a short syllable may be considered and used as long, when it is found next to another which is still shorter. 350. In German a syllable has either a sharp or a soft sound, yet the sharp sound does not shorten those words which are of themselves long. 351. Besides the long and short syllables already men- tioned, there are others which become long or short accord- ing to circumstances. 352. In its accentuation, the German language chiefly regards the understanding, not measuring the words, but weighing the notions ; consequently, the measure of syllables, in most cases, depends upon the logical import of words. This principle forms the basis of verbal accent, by which one syllable in a word as the most important, is distin- guished from the rest. 353. All monosyllable substantives are invariably long, in German. 354. In polly syllables, that which receives the principal accent is long. 355. In compound substantives the word which expresses the leading idea receives the principal accent, and is, in con- sequence, invariably long. When the compound substan- 187 tive consists of two or three substantives, the first usually takes the principal, and the other the secondary accent, and each forms a long syllable. This is also the case when the compound substantive begins with an attributive adjective, a separable preposition, or with ant or ur. 356. All monosyllables, which are not substantives, are either long or short, according to their situation in the verse, or the influence which oratorical accent has upon them. 357. Syllables which have the semi-accent are either long or short, because they have not the full length, but half incline to brevity. 358. Syllables which never admit of an accent are short, though frequently used as long, when preceded by a syllable that is still shorter. 359. According to the preceding rule, the syllables of inflection and derivation, and the initial syllables be/ ent/ tx, Qt, mx, and ger are short ; but the final syllables am, tjdt, left, nifi fcfyaft/ tfyum/ and ung are long before and after a short syllable, and short before and after a long one. Of the syllables bax and tfd), the former is always long, and the latter when preceded by a short syllable. 360. A certain number of syllables constituting a distinct part of a verse, is called a poetical or metrical foot. There are four metrical feet of two, eight of three, and sixteen of four syllables. 361. The metrical feet of two syllables, are the trochee, the iambus or the iambic foot, the spondee and the pyrrhic. 362. The first syllable of a trochee is long, and the second short (- -). Ex. Stebe/ 93lenfd)en/ eroig. 363. The first syllable of an iambic foot is short, and the second long (--). Ex. SSerjtanb/ gefunb, gelfebt. 364. The spondee consists of two long syllables (- -). Ex. l l aufbat)n, SKtjjgunft. 188 365. The pyrrhic consists of two short syllables (~ ^). fSSei — fere. 366. The metrical feet of three syllables are the dactyl, the anapcest, the amphibrach, the amphimacer or criticus, the molossus, the tribrach, the bacchius, and the antibacchius . 367. The dactyl consists of one long and two short syllables (--»). Ex. &6ntge, beffere/ odterlid). 368. The two fisrt of an anapaest are short, and the third is long (--_). Ex. unert)6rt, ungemetn. 369. The first and third syllables of the amphibrach are short, and the second is long (- - -). Ex. 23ergnugen/ jufriebem t>erffd)ern. 370. The first and third syllables of the amphimacer are long, and the second is short ( — ). Ex. 3artlid)fett/ roun= berbar. 37 1 . The molossus consists of three long syllables ( ). Ex. arbeitfam. 372. The tribrach consists of three short syllables (- * -). Ex. ftudjtigerer. 373. The first syllable of the bacchius is short, and the two last are long ( ). Ex. (Sr eitt fdjnelt. 374. The two first syllables of the antibacchius are long, and the last is short (- -w). Ex. Unglauberi/ #eerfd)aaren. 375. The metrical feet of four syllables are the choriam- bus, the ditrochceus or dichoreus, the diiambus, the dispon- deusy the antispast, the proceleusmaticus or dipyrrhichius, the ionicus a majori, the ionicus a minori, the first epitrite, the second epitrite, the third epitrite, the fourth epitrite, the first pceon, the second poeon, the third pceon, and the fourth pceon. 376. The first and fourth syllables of the choriambus, 189 composed of a choreus and an iambus, are long, and the second and third short (- - - -). Ex. SBonnebecaiffcftt. 377. The first and third syllables of the ditrochams or dichoreus, composed of two trochees, are long, and the second and fourth short (- o _ «). Ex. SffirihifctjewDurbtg. 378. The first and third syllables of the diiambus, com- posed of two iambic feet, are short, and the second and fourth long ( -). Ex. ©erec&tigfeit. 379. The dispondeus, composed of two spondees, consists of four long syllables ( L _). Ex. £5anft, pretji" ©ott taut. 380. The first and fourth syllables of the antispast are short, and the second and third long (----). Ex. 33ergnus gungen. 381. The proceleusmaticus or dipyrrhichius, which forms a double pyrrhic, consists of four short syllables (« - - -) . Ex. Grin Iteblidjer ©evud). 382. The two first syllables of the ionicus a majori are long, and the two last short (_ _ « u). Ex. (Stjntmrbiger. 383. The two first syllables of the ionicus a minori are short, and the two last long (« v',_), Ex. (Sine bejfcre £ctufc tatyn. 384. The first syllable of the first epitrite is short, and the three last syllables are long (- ). Ex. tie Saufbat)n natjt. 385. The first, third, and fourth syllables of the second epitrite are long, and the second is short (_w__). Ex. ©onnenoufgang. 386. The first, second and fourth syllables of the third epitrite are long, and the third is short (--w_). Ex. tec 2tnfang ber Sftadjt. 190 387. The three first syllables of the fourth epitrite are long, and the last is short ( '-). Ex. tie ^anblunggjiretge. 388. The first syllable of the first paeon is long, and the three last syllables are short (_--u). Ex. gebraudbltd)ere SGSorte. 389. The first, third and fourth syllables of the second paeon are short, and the second is long (- _^v). Ex. genet)- nrigen. 390. The first, second and fourth syllables of the third paeon are short, and the third is long (- - - -). Ex. bet SSefteger. 391. The three first syllables of the fourth paeon are short, and the fourth is long (- « » -). Ex. tie 3faligton. 392. The most usual sorts of German verses are the tro- chaic, the iambic, the dactylic, the hexameter, the pentame- ter, and the anapaestic. 393. Trochaic verse is composed of trochees. Ex. : grommer | &tab, o | tjdtt id) | nimmer | SRtt bem | <3d)roette | bid) cer | taufdrt ! £att' eg | me in | beinen | £n?etgen/ | £etl'ge | dtdje/ | mxt ge | raufdjt ! SQSarft bu | nimmer. | mir er | fd)ienen, | £of)e | ."otmmelg | font | gtnn! 9timm/ id) | !ann fie | nidfjt oer | bienen, £>eine £rone/ | nimm fte | t)in ! 394. Iambic verse is composed of iambuses, and may have from one to six feet. Ex. : Of One Foot. 3Du mein/ 3d) Setn. 191 Of Two Feet. £5er ©terne tyvafyt, 3n ftiUet moren. 0/ #wr .Fee*. S&te leidjt/ auf ungetreuen Snellen/ ^ann alt 2)ein ©fucB ber ©turm gerfftellen. 0/ Fi»e jFee*, With the cesural pause on the last syllable of the second foot.* £er @d)luramec fponnt | tie muben ©lieber log/ Unb ttrieget ung | in rceicfter 5Kut)e ©d)oog. With the cesural pause on the last syllable of the third foot. Sn metnem ©ott oergnugt/ [ wag !ann mir fefylen ? ffficfur mid) Sag unb Sftacnt | mit ©orgen qudlen ? Of Six Feet. With the cesural pause in the middle. £>er Siebe ©tuc£ gerod^rt I bm fcerrlichften ©enu£, SSonJSRcmgel gleicfr entfernt | unb upp'gem Ueberfluf?. 395. Dactylic verse is composed of dactyls. Ex. : (Sbret bie | grauen ! ©ie j fledjten unb | roeben -ptmmltfd)e | Siofcn ing | irbifd)e | £eben/ gledjtcn bet | Stebe be j gtucfenbeg | SSanb. 396. Hexameter verse consists of six feet, and may be * The cesura is a pause which takes place after a certain number of feet, according to the length, or nature of the verse. 192 composed either of dactyls or spondees, with this restric- tion, that the fifth foot should be a dactyle, and the sixth a spondee, or trochee. In hexameter lines, the cesural pause may fall on the first syllable of the third foot, the first half of the second, fourth or fifth foot ; and the harmony of hexameter lines is in proportion to the number of cesural pauses and the va- riety of their situations in the composition. In pentameter, the cesura invariably takes place in the middle of the line ; that is, upon the syllable which remains after the two entire feet. Tn the Alexandrine, or iambus of six feet, or thirteen and twelve syllables, which, on account of its fatiguing monotony, has been discontinued by German poets as heroic verse, the cesural pause can only take place after the third foot. In the iambic of five feet, this pause is usually made after the second, but frequently also after the third foot ; and it ought always to fall on the last syllable of a word. The iambic verse without rhyme, used in dramatic com- positions, consists of five feet, and has either eleven or ten syllables. Ex.: (Srtragen mu& man, tva§ ber £tmmel fenbet ; LtnbtlligeS erttdgt itin ebleg ^erj. Hexameter is used in epic poetry. Klopstock's Messiah, and Voss's elegant translation of Virgil, are written in this metre. Ex. From Klopstock. £od) aug ben I 2Bol!en et I t&nt ©ott! I Seine ge I rcaltige I ©timme. (Sing/ un | ftetbltdje (Seele ! ber | funbtgen SRenfdjen ©v. | l&fung. ©ie ber Sttef | ftaS all | ijier | in feiner | 3ttenf(^ett oolt | enbet ! Unfet | 23atet im | $immtU £)em | ^ame | werbe ge | fyetltgt ! 3uun$ | fommeSein | SReicfy! 3n bem | £tmme(ge | fd}ef)e£>etn | Unb aufber | (Srbe! S3et | tei^unS | unfere | taglicfc | Sprung ! fCSie bem | (Scfyulbtget | wit »er | gcben, ucr | gib unS tie | ©cfjulben ! 193 gufor' uns | r»id)t in 25er | fud)ungen/ | fonbern er | lof ung com | SSofen ! Seinijlbag | SRetdjunbbie | &raftunbbie | £errlid)£ett | eroiglid). | tfmen ! Ex. From Voss. S'ttrjrug/ | buinber I 2S6lbungge | tetjntbeggelbr-etteten ! 23ud)baumg/ ©innfrmft I SBaibge I fa'ngeben | fd)mcid)ttgen I £alm$ube I Qetftern. SQStr/ ber | £eimatt) £Be I girl unb I Ueblictje I gluven oer I laffcnb/ 2Bir file^'n I £>e~imat£) unb I 2anb ! Su I Sittjrue, I lafng im 1 ©fatten/ Sefrfr bag ©e I fc&ij na~ct) | fallen tie | fdjSne ©e I ffcaltima I rt)Utg. -397. Pentameter verse, which is never used alone, but always united with hexameter, is composed of five feet that divide into two equal parts. The two entire feet are either dactyls or spondees, and the half foot, which receives the cesural pause, is a long syllable. In this metre a trochee may occasionally be introduced instead of a dactyl or spondee. The second part of a pentameter line, as well as the first, contains two entire feet and a long syllable. Ex. : ©lucSltdierj Sdugling! Sic lift etn un|en&lfd)er|3taum nod) tie ( 2Blege \ SBerbe | ffiann, unb Sir | wfrb || eiig bit un | enblidje | 2Belt ||. 398. Anapaestic verse admits of spondees, by which means it loses its monotony. £Belrf) fro | t)eg @ntju"c? | en erfut [ let bte ©rutf, ( 2Senn im gvu | nenben fprof [ fen ben, bin | §enben £aln \ Sag ©esrceig | fid) oequngt, | unb ber Suft | fid)— erneiit. | 2Beld) an | mmfcool | leg (SntjiJcf | en gewa~&rt | 3n bem gen | je, menn neu | bag ®eg»eig | auffpropt, | gnfd;gru | nenber 23a"u | me balfa | mt^er Suft ! | 399. Rhyme consists in the resemblance or consonance s 194 of one, two or three syllables at the end of two or more verses. 400. In German, rhymes are either masculine, feminine, or gliding. Masculine rhymes have the accent on the last syllable : in feminine rhymes the penultimate syllable is ac- cented ; and in gliding, the antepenultimate. Ex. Of Masculine Rhymes. ©inn — ©ettrinn ; (eid)t — weidjt 5 Stacfyt — $>rad)t 3 3ett — (Swrig* fettj Sftetd) — roetd); ©enricfyt — cerfprid)t. Ex. Of Feminine Rhymes. greuben — leiben 5 ladjen — mad)en ; fd)n?cigen — neigen 5 fdbreiten — firetten. Ex. Of Gliding Rhymes. ^eungen — reintgen 5 ber?d)tigen — ermddjttgen. These rhymes, considered merely with reference to their accent, correspond to the Italian verses termed tronchi piani, and sdruccioli, the first of these having the accent on the last syllable of the verse, the second on the penultimate, and the third on the antepenultimate. 401. Rhymes are either successive, alternate, or mixed. 402. When in the rhyming syllables of words of two or more syllables, the same consonant precedes the rhyming vowel or diphthong, it is termed a rich or perfect rhyme ; and when the same rhyming word is repeated, it is said to form an equal rhyme. SBefyalten/ erfyaiten 5 perfonltd) and oerf6t)nlid)/ are rich or perfect rhymes, 403. Words which are not accented in the same manner cannot rhyme together. Hence it follows, that the justness of rhymes is not in German determined by the manner in which words are written, but by the right pronunciation of them. 404. The simplest manner of arranging rhymes is when thev follow each other in immediate succession. Ex. : 195 $at bit bee £tmmel fein Satent gegeben 5 (gmpftngjt bu nid)t att ©idjter einft bein Seben : 2)aniv Unbefonnener ! erfttmmft bu nie ©en SSttufenberg mit ailer beiner. Stfliu) ! £)ann ift bein ©eifi beengt, fo oft bu ftngefb Umfonfo baf bu nad) Sftufym im £td)ten ringeft. 405. In most poems the rhymes are mixed. Ex. : tfrton roar ber Sone fOleifrer/ £)ie Sitter lebt' in feinec £anb ; Samit ergo§t' ec alle ©eifter/ Unb gern empftng ifyn iebeS £anb. @r fd^iffte gotbbetaben/ 3e|t oon SatentS ©ejlaben, 3um fcfeonern -fyellaZ fyingeroanbt. © d) I e g e I. 406. The rhymes of an entire poem may be all masculine, Sdgerlicb. grifd) ouf / it)r Sager/ frei unb flinl ! ©tc 83ud)fe son bee SQSanb ! £5er Sftutiu'ge betampft bie 2Belt ! grifdfo ouf ben geinb ! frtfd) in bag gelb ! gut§ beutfdie SSatertanb ! ttuS SBeften, SKorben, ©ub unb £)jt Sreibt uns bee EHadje ©trafyl : SSom SDberfluffe/ SQSefer, SOtoin/ SSom (Slbfttom unb 00m SSater Styeiiv Unb aus bem ©onautyal. SDod) S3 r u b e r jinb roir alljufamm j Unb ba$ fcfyroeUt unfern s J3tutf). 196 Ung fnupft ber @prad)e ^eilig SSanb, Ung fnupft cin ©ott, ein 25aterlanb, er £6mgmn i l ouife. £)u fd)ldf ft fo fonft !— £)ie ftitlen 3uge t)aud)en 9tod) beineg fiebeng fcfyone Srdume mieber ; 25er ©d)lummer nur fenlt fetne glugel nteber, Unb tjeil'ger griebe fd)lie£t bie Haven 2Cugen. ©0 fd)tummre fort, big S)eineg SSolteg SSruber, SGSenn glammen§etd)en oon ben SSergen raud)en, SDtft ©ott oerfofynt bie rojl'gen (3d)tt>erter braua>n, £)ag fieben opfern fur bie l)od)ften ©uter. Stef fubrt ber £err burd) Sflad&t unb burd) SSerberben ; @o follen ttrir im &f bag £ett erwerben, 35af? unfre (Snfel frete banner fterben. 197 tfommt bctnn bee Sag bet gretyeit unb bee SKadje : £>ann ruft ©etn S3olf ; bann/ © e u t f d) e g r a U/ ermactye, (Sin guter (Sngel fur bte gute ©acfye. $ 6 r n e r. 408. PIECES OF METRICAL COMPOSITION, Illustrative of the Principles of Rhyme laid down in this Chapter, care- fully selected from Authors of considerable celebrity, with a view to entertain, at the same time that they instruct, Students in German. £)er gr iebe. ©d)6n ijt bet griebe/ ein tieblid)er $nabe Stegt er gelagert am rufyigen 23ad) ! Unb bie fyfipfenben Sammer gtafen Suftig urn i£)n ouf bem fonntdjten SRafen. ©fifes Sonen entlo^t er ber gl&te Unb ba§ (§,6)o beS SSergeS roirb toad); £)ber im (Shimmer ber 2Cbenbrott)e SBiegt H)n in (Sd)lummer ber murmelnbe Sad). ©djiller. Die #offnung. @S reben unb traumen bie S0lenfd)en met SSon beffern funftigen Sagen ; $laoun, s 3 198 3>m ^erjen funbet eg laut ftdb an : 3u wag SSefferm ftnb wir geboren. Unb wag tie tnnere ©timme fprtd)t, Sag tdufd)t bie fjoffenbe (Seele nid)t. ©filler. Sum ©eburtStag. Sein Seben/ SScfte ! aleid)' im SBilbe ©em SSadhe/ bet ftetg Ijeiter fliefjt, Unb burd) etn fd)6neg Senjgefilbe ©id) rufytg in bag Sflleer ergiefft. £ier fallen SSlut^en auf il)n nieber> Sort wallt er fanft auf £tefeln f)in j @g tonen itber il)m bie Sieber Ser tjolben grttyltnggfangerinn. $ier Sutjlt ein ©djatten it)n j bort bltnfet 2Cug it)m ber (Sonne ©trafylenbilb 5 Unb raenn it)n f)ier bie 33lume trinfet, @rqutc?t er £eerbe tort unb Mb, (go enbe/ nie getrubt con Seiben, 2)ein ebleg Seben fpdt ben Sauf/ Unb ein fripftallneg 9Keer »on ^reuben 3m ^arabiefe nefym' eg auf ! £ i f u e n. (Sin SCRanbarin warb wegen SKaubereien, £)ie gurften felten nur oerjeifyen, 3um ©d)wert oerbammt. ^ifuen ; fetn ©ofyn, 3Barf fid) 00c beg S5et)errfd)erg Sljron/ Unb bat urn feineg SSaterg Seben. n 3d) weif / er t|t beg Sobeg wertl) j Sod) mujjt bu bem ©efefc ein £)pfer geben> #ter i|l; eg ! wetfye mid) \am alt ! rief bet gurjt ooll ^reube, Sen 25ater fdbent' id) bir/ unb bid) bem S3aterlanb. (5r fuffet u)n unb fydngt fein eigneg £algge(dimeibe £em £etben urn. S3efd)dmt ergretft er ben Salar £)eg tfaiferg. #err» erlaf mir biefe golbne SSfitbC/ ©prad) er/ bte tdgltd) mid) baran erinnern murbe/ ®ajj einji mein SSater fdjulbig mar. 5>f ef fcl. @legie auf ein £ant>mdbcfyen. (graflment.) olt beg s0Hf?ge(d)icfeg/ Senlen nid)t an $)fdnberfpiel unb Sanj/ £)tefe (Silberquellen itjre ©piegel/ 3&w ©d)minfe bicfer SSad). 200 Sittfamfett umflof/ ttrie Sttonben|d)tmmer, Sfyre Sftofennxmgen, ifyren S3 lief 3 dimmer raid) ber (gerapt) Unfdjulb/ ntmmev S3on ber tjolben ©djdfertnn guruc! . . SunglingSbltcfe taumelten coll geuer 9?ad) bem 5Re£§ beS lieben Sft&bcfyenS #n $ 2Cber feiner, al§ ttjr SSieigetrcuer/ Sftafyrte jemats it)ren ©inn. £<g. ©locfenflang unb Gfyorgefang. [From the Tragedy of " Faust," by Gothe.] (5 tyor ber @ ngel. Shrift t|t eejknben ! greube bem ©terbltdjen/ Den bte uerberbltd)en, ©d)leid)enben, evblid)en Mangel umwanben. 8 a u ft. S(Beid)' tiefeS ©ummen/ meld)' ein feller Son 3tei)t mtt ©etralt bag ©lag ten meinem 9Jiunbe ? 23erfunbta.et tljr bumpfen ©locfen fdjon ©eg £>pferfefte3 erfte geierjtunbe ? 3fyr @t)6re ftngt tt>r fdjon ben trofrltdjen ©efang ? £5er etnfl/ urn ©rabeS SKad)t, oon (SngelSlippen llan^/ @enrifl)ett einem neuen SSunbe. (51) or ber SBeiber. fjftit ©pejereien fatten mtr it>n gepflegt, 3Bir feine Sreuen fatten itjn fjtngelegt 5 Sudjer unb SSinben 3Seinlid) ummanben mtr/ 2Cd) ! unb mtr ftnben (Shrift nid)t mefyr tjter. •201 (Sfyot ber (S n gel. Gfjrtft tft erftanben ! ©elig bie liebenbe/ £eilfam' unb ubenbe 9>rufung befianben. Sautf. 2BaS fudjt if)r/ mdd)tig unb gelinb/ 3*)r £immelgtone mid) am ©taube ? $lingt bort umfjer, mo roeid)e SRen[d)en ftnb. $ie SBotfd&aft t)6r' id) tooljl, alletn mir fefc)(t ber ©taube ; Sag SCunber tjl beg ©taubeng ttebjreg £tnb. 3u ienen @p^aren n>ag id) nid)t gu ftreben/ SBofyer bie fyolbe 9*ad)rid)t tont : Unb bod) an biefen £lang con Sugenb auf gemofynt, iKuft er aud) je$t jurucr" mid) in bag Seben. ©onit ftucjte fid) ber £immelg*Siebe £ufj 2£uf mid) fyerab/ in ernjler Sebenb ©rtjabene/ £errltd) erijoben 5 •202 3ft er in SBerbeiufr ©djaffenber greube nafy' $ 2Cd) ! an ber @rbe SBruft/ (Sinb mir gum £etbe ba. Siefj er bie (Seinen @d)mad)tenb ung f)ter jurutf $ 2(d) ! wir beweinen SRetfter bein ©lud ! (5 f) o r ber (§ n g e I. (Styriji ift erftanben 2Cug ber SSerwefung ©d)oo§. SReif et oon SSanben greubig eud) log ! £t)dtig iim preifenben, Stebe bewetfenben, SSruberlid) fpetfenbcn, sprebigenb retfenben, 2Sonne oerfyeifienben/ @ud) ift ber SReifter naf)'/ 6ud) ift er bo ! (Stmunterun.g. (Set)t/ wie bie Sage fid) fonnig erfldren ! 23lau ift ber £immel unb grunenb bag 2anb. £lag' ift ein SOlipton im (St)oie ber @pf)dten ! Srdgt benn bie ©d)6pfung ein Srauergewanb ? £ebet bie S3lide/ bie trube fid) fenlen ! jQtUt bie SSlitfe ! beg ©d)6nen ift oiel. Sugenb wirb felber su greuben unS lenfen $ greub' ifr ber 2Beigl)eit betofynenbeg $kl, Deffnet bie ©eele bem Cidjte ber greube/ jpordyt ! it>r ertSnet beg £dnflingg ©efang : ZCt&met I fie buffet im Sfofengeftdube j gufjlet ! fie fdufelt am SSadjletn enttang j 203 Softer ! fie giufyt ung tm <3afte ber Zvaubt, 3Bur$et bie grud)te beim tanbltd)en ?CRat)l ,* @d)auet, fie grunet in £rautern unb Saube/ €0Jalt ung bie #ugft'd)t tng btumige Sfyal. greunbe/ mag gletten eud) meibifdie Sfyranen Ueber bie btufyenben SBangen fyerab? 3temt ftcf> fur banner bag meiblidje ©etjnen ? 2Bunfd)t if)r oergagenb su mobern tm ©rab? ©blereg bletbt ung nod) otcl §u ioerrid)ten 5 SSiel aud) beg ©uten ift nod) nid)t getfyan. £etterfeit lotjnt bie (grfullung ber $Pfiid)ten, SKufye befcfyatte bag (Snbe ber S5at)n. 5Kand)erlei (Sorgen unb mandjerlei ©djmerjen £lualen ung wafyrlid) aug eigener (Sdjutb j #offnung ift Sabfal hem munbeften ^crjen/ £)ulbenbe ftctrret gelafj'ne ©ebulb. SQSenn end) bie Tcebel beg Srubftnng umgrauen/ #ebt §u ben ©ternen ben ftntenben SORutt) 5 £eget nur mcinnlid)eg, fyofyeg Sertraucn ; ©uten ergefyt eg am (5nbe bocb gut. Saffet ung frofyiid) i>k ©d)opfungen fefyen : ©otteg Sftatur ift entjucfenb unb fyefyr ! 2Cber aud) ftillen beg £)urftigen glefyen : . greuben beg 9BSof)lt$un§ entjMen nod) mefyr. litebet ! bie Sieb' ift ber fd)6nfte ber Sriebe 5 SBSetyt nur ber Unfdjulb bie tjeitige ©hub;. 2Cber bann liebt aud) mit meiferer Zhbe XUeg/ mag ebel unb fd)6n ift unb gut. v^anbelt ! burd) ^anblungen jeigt fid) ber SBeife, 3f£ub>m unb Unfterblicfyfeit fir.b it)r ©eleit. 3etd)>.iet mit Sfyaten bie fdiminbelnben ©leifc Unferer flud)ttg entrollenben skit. Sen ung um[d)ltefjenben $\vtil begtucfen/ 9cu£en fo mel alg ein jeber nermag 5 204 £), bag erfullet mtt fttilem (Sntgucfen ! £)/ bag entrcolfet ben bufrerften Sag ! SOlutfyig ! aud) Seiben/ ftnb cinfr fie oergangen, Saben tie @eelc# rate SKegen bie 2tu 5 ©raber con Srauer^prefien umljangen, SDtolet balb fttller 23ergifjmeinntd)t SStau. ^ceunbe/ mt fallen, nrir follen ung freuen 5 greub' tft beg Staters erfyabneg ©ebot. greube ber Unfdjulb farm ntemalg gereuen/ 2ad)elt burd) SRofen bem nat)enben Sob. (Salts. £)ie (Sid) cm 2lbenb rcirb'g, beg Sageg ©timmen fdjroetgen, sftotfyer ftrafylt ber Sonne lefcteg ©lul)n 5 Unb f)ier jt|' id) unter euren ^wetgen, Unb bag «^>er§ tft mtr fo uoll, fo fufyn ! 2Clter jktten alte treue -kugen, (2d)muc!t eud) bod) beS fiebenS frtfcbeg ©run/ Unb ber S3orrcelt fraftige ©eftalten @inb ung nod) in eurer $)rad)t ertjalten. S3tel beg (Sbeln t)at bie £eit gertrummert, SStel beg (5d)6nen flarb ben frutjen Sob 5 Surd) bie reid)en SSlatterfr&nje fd)immert ©etnen 2(bfd)ieb bort bag 2Cbenbrott). Sod) urn bag SKertyangnij* unbefummert, $at oergebeng eud) bte £ett bebrot)t, Unb eg ruft mir aug ber stoetge SCefyen : 2CUeg @ro£e tnuf im Sob beftefjen ! — Unb tyr r)abt beftanben ! — unter JCUen ©cunt tyr frifd) unb lutjn mtt ftarlem SJlutfy, 2Bot)i letn $)ilger wivb noruber roallen, tDer in eurem @d)atten ntd)t gerufyt. Unb roenn fyerbjrttd) eure flatter fallen j Sobt aud) ftnb fie eud) ein fbjtlid) ©ut : 205 £)cnnr uerwefenN werben euve JCtnber (Surer nddjjlen 'gruf)linggprad)t iiBegrunber. @d)6ne§ Stlb oon alter beutfefyer Sreue/ Sffiie fte bejfre 3etten angefebaut 5 2Bo in freubig turner Sobegweifye SSurger t^trc ©taaten feftgebaut. — 'M) \va$ l)tlft'g/ baf? id) ben <3d)tners erneue ? ©inb bod) atle btefem SSd)metj> oertraut ! &eutfd)eg 2Sol!/ bu f)errtid)jreg uor Wlen, Seine (Sid) en ft e f) n ; bu b i ft gefallen! £ 6 r 11 e r. 2Cbfd)tet) Don SBBien. Seb' wol)l! leb' wot)l ! — 9ftit bumpfen Jperjenefdjldgen 93egrufj' id) bid)/ unb fotge meiner ^Pfltdf)t. 3m 2Cuge will fid) eine Sfyrdne regen 5 2Ba5 jrrdub' id} mid) ? bie Sljrdne fd)mdl)t mid) nicijr. — • '2Cdj ! wo id) wanble* fei's auf griebengwegen, ©ei'g wo ber Sob bie blut'gen Grange bridjt : £>a wevben beine tfyeuren Jpulbgejialten 3n Steb' unb @et)nfud)t meine (Seele fpalten. S -Ser?ennt mid) nidjt/ tt)C ©enien meineS Sebeng, SSerfennt ntd)t meiner ©eele ernften ©rang ! IBegreift bie treue 9ttd)tung meineg ©trebeng/ ©0 in bem Stebe, rvk im ©d)werter!lang. (Sg fdwdrmten meine Srdume nidjt oergebeng $ 2Bag id) fo oft gefeiert mit ©efang, gur Sol! unb greitjeit ein begeiftert ©terben : Safit mid) nun felbft urn bie(e .Krone werben. 'Boljl leid)ter mogen fid) bie ^rdnje fled)ten, (Srrungen mit beg ZicbeS fyeitrem sflflutt) 5 Sin red)te£ ^erj fdjlagt freubig nad) bem Sfiecbten. £) t e id) gepflegt mit |ugenblid)er ©lull), Sapt mid) b e r ^Cunft ein SSaterlanb erfedjten/ Unb gait' eg aud) bag eigne wdrmfte Slut. — 206 9lod) biefen £uj$ ! unb roenn's ber Sefcte Mtebe ! @g gibt ja feinen Sob fur unfre ftiebe. £6rner. n etn. £urraf) ! // O feUgeg Umfangen ! // 3d) fyarre mit S3etlangen. ,/ 2)u SBr&ut'gam/ tjoXe mid)/ „ 9Mn ^rdn§d)en bleibt fur bid)." £tu:rat) ! 207 2Ba§ ftivrft bu in bee ©cfyetbe, £)u ^jelle ©ifenfreube/ @o wilb/ fo fd)lacf)tenfi:oi) ? SRein (Sdjmert, roaS lUrrft bu fo ? £utrat) ! >/ 2Bof)l lUcr' id) in ber ©djeibe : n 3d) fetjnc mid) jum (Sttreite/ // 3Red)t wilb unb fdjlad)tenfrofy/ /> Stum, dttitev, Itirr' id) fo." £urrafy ! SSieib bod) im engen ert, fyeraug ! guf)t' bid) ing SBaterfyauS. £urraf) ! /, 2Cd) ^errlid) ijVs im greten/ „ 3m rujit'gen £od)aeitreit)en, // SSie gl&njt im od) an bte 3fad)te traut ©ott ftd)tbarltd) tie SSraut. purrafy ! SDwfti truest ben iiebefyeifien Sfrauttidjen SRunb won (Stfen iin cure gippen feft. Slud)/ roer tie SSvaut rjetl6fjt ! ^uirat) ! 9lun lopt ba$ Siebd)en fingen* 2)of t)clle gunmen (pitngen ! Sec ^odjgettmorgen graut. — •ourrab, tie (Stfcnbraut J £urrat) ! Corner. £ f) e o t> o v Corner. SBetfiummt ift betne tnegetifcfye fieper 5 2>n fcines ©d)etbe rul)t bein tapfreS @d)U>crt. Sod) fdjau tytabt buSSaterlanbSbefreter: SBefreit ift 2)eutfd)lanb/ rote bein SBunfd) begetyrt. Svumtpfygefang fet beine Sobtenfeter ! Unb btefe ©lutfyen, bte bein £erj pergefyrf/ >3ie vollen fort, etn ©trom ton Ud)tem getter, 3>n beinem £tebe, rceldjeS en>ig roafyrt. Unb/ tritt auS fetner ^tjantaft'e 23e$irten £inau§ ber ©idjter in's lebenb'ge SBtvten/ ©0 lefyr' bein 23etfptel ber ungtaub'gen SBSett : SSSer mtt SSegeijt'rung fcr)tug bk golbnen ©atten, £ tfann mutfyig aud) ben $ampf beS £ebeti£ ftreiten 5 (Sin vuafyrer Std)ter tfi etn tpafyrcr .pelb. granj Stycremtn. J Wertheimer ami Co., Pinters, Circus Place, Finstmrj Ciicus. LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 003 225 031 2 *